Mould
circ
Moulded case
circuit-breakers
0701_Tmax.indb b
1-12-2006 16:11:48
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax
Contents
Power distribution circuit-breakers
Technical Data ..............................................................................................................
Ordering details
Reading information ................................................................................................
Tmax T1 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T2 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T3 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T4 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T5 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T6 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T7 ..................................................................................................................
7/6
7/15
7/20
7/21
7/23
7/24
7/27
7/29
7/31
Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity
Technical Data .............................................................................................................. 7/35
Ordering details
Tmax T4, T5, T6 ...................................................................................................... 7/36
7/37
7/39
7/40
7/43
Switch disconnectors
Technical Data .............................................................................................................. 7/44
Ordering details
Tmax T1, T3, T4, T5 ................................................................................................ 7/46
Tmax T6, T7 ............................................................................................................ 7/47
MCCBs
Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Technical Data ..............................................................................................................
Ordering details
Tmax T4 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T5 ..................................................................................................................
Tmax T6 ..................................................................................................................
Breaking units ................................................................................................................. 7/49
Trip units .......................................................................................................................... 7/51
Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fixed parts ...................................... 7/54
Accessories .................................................................................................................... 7/58
d
c
0701_Tmax.indb 1
Dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breakers ...................................................................................................
Plug-in circuit-breakers .................................................................................................
Withdrawable circuit-breakers ......................................................................................
Circuit-breakers with RC221/RC222 residual current release ........................................
Accessories .................................................................................................................
Distance to be respected .............................................................................................
7/74
7/99
7/111
7/120
7/127
7/149
7/1
1SDC007200C0202
1-12-2006 16:12:29
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - General
1SDC210014F0001
The moulded case circuit-breakers Tmax family is now available as a complete range up to 1600 A.
All the circuit-breakers, both three-pole and four-pole, are available in the fixed version; the sizes T2,
T3, T4 and T5 in the plug-in version and T4, T5, T6 and T7 in the withdrawable one as well.
With the same frame size, the circuit-breakers in the Tmax family, are available with different breaking
capacities and different rated uninterrupted currents.
7/2
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 2
1-12-2006 16:12:32
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - General
MCCBs
1SDC210015F0001
The electric arc interruption system used on the Tmax circuit-breakers allows the short-circuit currents of very high value to be interrupted extremely rapidly. The considerable opening speed of the
contacts, the dynamic blasting action carried out by the magnetic field and the structure of the arcing
chamber contribute to extinguishing the arc in the shortest possible time, notably limiting the value
of the specific let-through energy I2t and the current peak.
7/3
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 3
1-12-2006 16:12:33
Overview of the Tmax family
Circuit-breakers for AC-DC distribution
Iu
In
Poles
Ue
Icu (380-415 V AC)
[A]
[A]
[Nr]
[V]
[V]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
(AC) 50 - 60 Hz
(DC)
B
C
N
S
H
L
V
T1 1p
T1
160
16…160
1
240
125
25* (220/230 V AC)
160
16…160
3/4
690
500
16
25
36
Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity
Iu
Poles
Ue
EFDP zone selectivity
ZS zone selectivity
[A]
[Nr]
[V]
(AC) 50 - 60 Hz
Circuit-breakers for motor protection
Iu
[A]
Poles
[Nr]
Ue
[V]
Magnetic only trip unit,
IEC 60947-2
PR221DS-I trip unit, IEC 60947-2
PR222MP trip unit, IEC 60947-4-1
PR231/P-I trip unit, IEC 60947-2
(AC) 50 - 60 Hz
Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Iu
Poles
Icu max
[A]
[Nr]
[KA]
[KA]
[KA]
1000 V AC
1150 V AC
1000 V DC
4 poles in series
Switch-disconnectors
T1D
Ith
Ie
Poles
Ue
Icm
Icw
[A]
[A]
[Nr]
[V]
[V]
[kA]
[kA]
(AC) 50 - 60 Hz
(DC)
160
125
3/4
690
500
2.8
2
* For In 16 A and In 20 A: Icu @ 220/230 V AC = 16 kA
Note: The moulded case circuit-breakers are also available in the versions according to UL Standards
(see catalogue “Moulded case circuit-breakers - UL 489 and CSA C22.2 Standard”).
7/4
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 4
1-12-2006 16:12:35
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
160
1.6…160
3/4
690
500
250
63…250
3/4
690
500
250/320
20…320
3/4
690
750
400/630
320…630
3/4
690
750
630/800/1000
630...1000
3/4
690
750
800/1000/1250/1600
200...1600
3/4
690
36
50
70
85
36
50
36
50
70
120
200
36
50
70
120
200
36
50
70
100
50
70
120
150
T4
T5
T6
T7
250/320
3/4
690
■
400/630
3/4
690
■
630/800
3/4
690
■
800/1000/1250/1600
3/4
690
■
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
250
3
690
■
250/320
3
690
■
400/630
3
690
800
3
690
800/1000/1250
3
690
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
MCCBs
T2
160
3
690
■
■
T4
T5
T6
250
3/4
20
12
40
400/630
3/4
20
12
40
630/800
3/4
12
40
T3D
T4D
T5D
T6D
T7D
250
200
3/4
690
500
5.3
3.6
250/320
250/320
3/4
690
750
5.3
3.6
400/630
400/630
3/4
690
750
11
6
630/800/1000
630/800/1000
3/4
690
750
30
15
1000/1250/1600
1000/1250/1600
3/4
690
750
52.2
20
7/5
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 5
1-12-2006 16:12:47
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Technical Data
Rated uninterrupted current, Iu
Poles
Rated service current, Ue
(AC) 50-60 Hz
(DC)
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp
Rated insulation voltage, Ui
Test voltage at industrial frequency for 1 min.
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
(AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V
(DC) 250 V - 2 poles in series
(DC) 250 V - 3 poles in series
(DC) 500 V - 2 poles in series
(DC) 500 V - 3 poles in series
(DC) 750 V - 3 poles in series
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
(AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V
Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm
(AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V
(AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V
Opening time (415 V)
Utilisation category (IEC 60947-2)
Reference Standard
Isolation behaviour
Trip units: thermomagnetic
T fixed, M fixed
T adjustable, M fixed
T adjustable, M adjustable (5…10 x In)
T adjustable, M fixed (3 x In)
T adjustable, M adjustable (2.5…5 x In)
magnetic only
electronic
Interchangeability
Versions
Terminals fixed
plug-in
withdrawable
Fixing on DIN rail
Mechanical life
Electrical life @ 415 V AC
Basic dimensions - fixed version
Weight
fixed
plug-in
withdrawable
TERMINAL CAPTION
F = Front
EF = Front extended
ES = Front extended spread
FC Cu = Front for copper cables
FC CuAl = Front for copper-aluminium cables
[A]
[Nr]
[V]
[V]
[kV]
[V]
[V]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[%Icu]
[%Icu]
[%Icu]
[%Icu]
[%Icu]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[ms]
TMF
TMD
TMA
TMG
TMG
MA
PR221DS
PR222DS
PR223DS
PR231/P
PR232/P
PR331/P
PR332/P
[No. operations]
[No. Hourly operations]
[No. operations]
[No. Hourly operations]
3 poles
W [mm]
W [mm]
4 poles
D [mm]
H [mm]
3/4 poles
[kg]
3/4 poles
[kg]
3/4 poles
[kg]
R = Rear orientated
HR = Rear flat horizontal
VR = Rear flat vertical
HR/VR = Rear flat orientated
MC = Multicable
Tmax T1 1P
Tmax T1
Tmax T2
160
1
240
125
8
500
3000
B
25*
–
–
–
–
25 (at 125 V)
–
–
–
–
B
25
16
10
8
3
16
20
–
16
–
160
3/4
690
500
8
800
3000
C
40
25
15
10
4
25
30
–
25
–
N
50
36
22
15
6
36
40
–
36
–
N
65
36
30
25
6
36
40
–
36
–
S
85
50
45
30
7
50
55
–
50
–
160
3/4
690
500
8
800
3000
H
100
70
55
36
8
70
85
–
70
–
75%
–
–
–
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
100%
75%
75%
75%
75%
75%
50%
50%
50%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
52.5
–
–
–
–
7
A
IEC 60947-2
■
52.5
32
17
13.6
4.3
7
143
75.6
63
52.5
9.2
3
187
105
94.5
63
11.9
3
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
FC Cu
–
–
–
25000
240
8000
120
25.4 (1 pole)
–
70
130
0.4 (1 pole)
–
–
–
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F
FC Cu-EF-FC CuAl-HR
–
–
DIN EN 50022
25000
240
8000
120
76
102
70
130
0.9/1.2
–
–
84
105
52.5 75.6
30
46.2
17
30
5.9
9.2
6
5
A
IEC 60947-2
■
F = fixed circuit-breakers
P = plug-in circuit-breakers
W = withdrawable circuit-breakers
L
120
85
75
50
10
85
100
–
85
–
100%
100%
100% 75% (70 kA)
100%
75%
100%
75%
100%
75%
220
154
121
75.6
13.6
3
A
IEC 60947-2
■
264
187
165
105
17
3
–
■
–
■(8)
–
■ (MF up to In 12.5 A)
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F-P
F-FC Cu-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R
F-FC Cu-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R
–
DIN EN 50022
25000
240
8000
120
90
120
70
130
1.1/1.5
1.5/1.9
–
(*)
The breaking capacity for settings In=16 A
and In=20 A is 16 kA
7/6
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 6
1-12-2006 16:12:53
Tmax T4
250
3/4
690
500
8
800
3000
N
50
36
25
20
5
36
40
–
36
–
S
85
50
40
30
8
50
55
–
50
–
75%
75%
75%
75%
75%
50%
50% (27 kA)
50%
50%
50%
105
75.6
52.5
40
7.7
7
187
105
84
63
13.6
6
N
70
36
30
25
20
36
–
25
–
16
S
85
50
40
30
25
50
–
36
–
25
Tmax T5
V
200
200
180
150
80
150
–
100
–
70
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
154 187
75.6 105
63
84
52.5 63
40 52.5
5
5
220 440
154 264
143 220
105 187
84 154
5
5
A
IEC 60947-2
■
A
IEC 60947-2
■
–
■
–
■
–
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
F-P
F-FC Cu-FC Cu Al-EF-ES-R
F-FC Cu-FC Cu Al-EF-ES-R
–
DIN EN 50022
25000
240
8000
120
105
140
70
150
1.5/2
2.7/3.7
–
250/320
3/4
690
750
8
1000
3500
H
L
100 200
70 120
65 100
50
85
40
70
70 100
–
–
50
70
–
–
36
50
660
440
396
330
176
5
–
■ (up to 50 A)
■ (up to 250 A)
–
–
■
■
■
■
–
–
–
–
■
F-P-W
F-FC Cu-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R-MC
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl
–
20000
240
8000 (250 A) - 6000 (320 A)
120
105
140
103.5
205
2.35/3.05
3.6/4.65
3.85/4.9
(1)
(5)
(2)
(6)
(3)
(7)
75% for T5 630
50% for T5 630
Icw = 5 kA
(4)
W version is not available on T6 1000 A
N
70
36
30
25
20
36
–
25
–
16
S
85
50
40
30
25
50
–
36
–
25
Tmax T6
400/630
3/4
690
750
8
1000
3500
H
L
100
200
70
120
65
100
50
85
40
70
70
100
–
–
50
70
–
–
36
50
V
200
200
180
150
80
150
–
100
–
70
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
100% 100% 100% 100%(1) 100%(2)
100% 100% 100%(1) 100%(2) 100%(2)
154 187 220
440
75.6 105 154
264
63
84
143
220
52.5 63
105
187
40 52.5
84
154
6
6
6
6
B (400 A)(3) - A (630 A)
IEC 60947-2
■
660
440
396
330
176
6
–
–
■ (up to 500 A)
–
■ (up to 500 A)
–
■
■
■
–
–
–
–
■
F-P-W
F-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R-RC
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC Cu-FC CuAl
–
20000
120
7000 (400 A) - 5000 (630 A)
60
140
184
103.5
205
3.25/4.15
5.15/6.65
5.4/6.9
Icw = 7.6 kA (630 A) - 10 kA (800 A)
Only for T7 800/1000/1250 A
Icw = 20 kA (S,H,L versions) - 15 kA (V version)
(8)
For availability, please ask ABB
N
70
36
30
25
20
36
–
20
–
16
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
Tmax T7
630/800/1000
3/4
690
750
8
1000
3500
S
H
85
100
50
70
45
50
35
50
22
25
50
70
–
–
35
50
–
–
20
36
L
200
100
80
65
30
100
–
65
–
50
S
85
50
50
40
30
–
–
–
–
–
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
75%
75%
75%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
100%
100%
100%
75%
75%
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
187
105
105
84
63
15
220
154
143
105
88.2
10
440
264
220
187
105
8
440
330
286
220
132
8
100%
100%
100%
100%
75%
154
187
220
440
75.6
105
154
220
63
94.5
105
176
52.5
73.5
105
143
40
48.4
55
66
10
9
8
7
B (630A - 800A)(5) - A (1000A)
IEC 60947-2
■
–
–
■ (up to 800 A) (4)
–
–
–
■
■
■
–
–
–
–
■
F-W(4)
F-FC CuAl-EF-ES-R
–
EF-HR-VR
–
20000
120
7000 (630A) - 5000 (800A) - 4000 (1000A)
60
210
280
103.5
268
9.5/12
–
12.1/15.1
800/1000/1250/1600
3/4
690
–
8
1000
3500
H
L
V(6)
100
200
200
70
120
150
65
100
130
50
85
100
42
50
60
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
B(7)
IEC 60947-2
■
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
■
■
■
■
■
F-W
F-EF-ES-FC CuAl-HR/VR
–
F-HR/VR
–
10000
60
2000 (S, H, L versions) / 3000 (V version)
60
210
280
154 (manual) /178 (motorizable)
268
9.7/12.5 (manual) - 11/14 (motorizable)
–
29.7/39.6 (manual) - 32/42.6(motorizable)
MCCBs
Tmax T3
Notes: In the plug-in version of T2, T3 and T5
630 and in the withdrawable version
of T5 630 the maximum rated current
available is derated by 10% at 40 °C
7/7
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 7
1-12-2006 16:13:04
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Technical Data
The series of Tmax moulded-case circuit-breakers - complying with the IEC 60947-2 Standard - is
divided into seven basic sizes, with an application range from 1 A to 1600 A and breaking capacities
from 16 kA to 200 kA (at 380/415 V AC).
For protection of alternating current networks, the following are available:
– T1B 1p circuit-breaker, equipped with TMF thermomagnetic trip units with fixed thermal and
magnetic threshold (I3 = 10 x In);
– T1, T2, T3 and T4 (up to 50 A) circuit-breakers equipped with TMD thermomagnetic trip units
with adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and fixed magnetic threshold (I3 = 10 x In);
– T2, T3 and T5 circuit-breakers, fitted with TMG trip units for long cables and generator protection
with adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and fixed magnetic threshold (I3 = 3 x In) for
T2 and T3 and adjustable magnetic threshold (I3 = 2.5…5 x In) for T5;
– T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers with TMA thermomagnetic trip units with adjustable thermal threshold
(I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I3 = 5…10 x In);
– T2 with PR221DS electronic trip unit;
– T4, T5 and T6 with PR221DS, PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD and PR223DS electronic trip units;
– the T7 circuit-breaker, which completes the Tmax family up to 1600 A, fitted with PR231/P, PR232/P,
PR331/P and PR332/P electronic trip units. The T7 circuit-breaker is available in the two versions:
with manual operating mechanism or motorizable with stored energy operating mechanism(*).
The field of application in alternating current of the Tmax series varies from 1 A to 1600 A with voltages up to 690 V. The Tmax T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers equipped with TMF, TMD and
TMA thermomagnetic trip units can also be used in direct current plants, with a range of application
from 1 A to 800 A and a minimum operating voltage of 24 V DC, according to the appropriate connection diagrams.
The three-pole T2, T3 and T4 circuit-breakers can also be fitted with MF and MA adjustable magnetic only trip units, both for applications in alternating current and in direct current, in particular for
motor protection.
(*)
For motorisation, the T7 circuit-breaker with stored energy operating mechanism must be ordered, complete with geared motor for automatic
spring charging, opening coil and closing coil.
Interchangeability
The Tmax T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers can be equipped either with TMF, TMD, TMG or TMA
thermomagnetic trip units, MA magnetic only trip units or PR221DS, PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD,
PR222MP and PR223DS electronic trip units.
Similarly, Tmax T7 can also mount the latest generation PR231/P, PR232/P, PR331/P(1) and
PR332/P(1) electronic trip units.
Trip units
Circuit-breakers
In [A]
T4 250
T4 320
T5 400
T5 630
T6 630
T6 800
T6 1000
T7 800
T7 1000
T7 1250
T7 1600
TMD
20 32 50
■ ■ ■
▲ ▲ ▲
■ = Complete circuit-breaker already coded
▲ = Circuit-breaker to be assembled
TMA
80 100 125 160 200 250 320 400 500 630 800
■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
■ ■
▲ ▲ ■
■
■
(1)
TMG
320 400 500
▲
▲
▲
▲
▲
If ordered loose PR331/P and PR332/P must be completed with the “trip unit adapters”
7/8
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 8
1-12-2006 16:13:06
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Technical Data
Range of application of the circuit-breakers in alternating
current and in direct current
AC
T1 1p 160
T1 160
T2 160
T3 250
T4 250/320
T5 400/630
T6 630/800/1000
T7 800/1000/1250/1600
DC
T1 1p 160
T1 160
T2 160
T3 250
T4 250/320
Range [A]
16…160
16…160
1.6…160
16…160
1…100
10…160
63…250
63…250
100…200
20…50
80…250
10…200
100…320
100…320
100…320
320…500
320…500
320…630
320…630
320…630
630…800
630…1000
630…1000
630…1000
400…1600
400…1600
TMF
TMD
TMD
MF/MA
TMD/TMG
MA
TMD
TMA
MA
TMA/TMG
TMA
16…160
16…160
1.6…160
1…100
63…250
100…200
20…50
80…250
10…200
320…500
630…800
MF = magnetic only trip unit with fixed magnetic thresholds
MA = magnetic only trip unit with adjustable magnetic thresholds
TMF = thermomagnetic trip unit with fixe thermal and magnetic
thresholds
TMD = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal and
fixedmagnetic thresholds
TMA = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal and
magnetic thresholds
TMG = thermomagnetic trip unit for generator protection
PR22_, PR23_, PR33_ = electronic trip units
MCCBs
T5 400/630
T6 630/800/1000
Trip unit
TMF
TMD
TMD
TMG
MF/MA
PR221DS
TMG
TMD
MA
TMD
TMA
MA
PR221DS
PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD
PR223DS
TMG
TMA
PR221DS
PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD
PR223DS
TMA
PR221DS
PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD
PR223DS
PR231/P-PR232/P
PR331/P-PR332/P
Thanks to their simplicity of assembly, the end customer can change the type of trip unit extremely
rapidly, according to their own requirements and needs: in this case, correct assembly is the customer’s responsibility. Above all, this means into increased flexibility of use of the circuit-breakers with
considerable savings in terms of costs thanks to better rationalisation of stock management.
10
■
▲
25
■
▲
52
■
▲
MA
80 100 125 160 200
■ ■ ■ ■ ■
▲ ▲ ▲ ▲ ▲
PR221DS-PR222DS/P-PR222DS/PD-PR223DS
100 160 250 320 400 630 800 1000
■
■
■
▲
▲
▲
■
■
■
▲
▲
■
■
■
■
PR231/P(2)-PR232/P-PR331/P-PR332/P
400
630
800 1000 1250 1600
▲
▲
▲
▲
(2)
▲
▲
▲
▲
■
▲
▲
▲
■
▲
▲
■
▲
■
Interchangeability of PR231/P can be requested by means of the dedicated ordering
code 1SDA063140R1.
7/9
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 9
1-12-2006 16:13:10
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Thermomagnetic trip units
The Tmax T1 1p, T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers can be fitted with thermomagnetic trip
units and are used in protection of alternating and direct current networks with a range of use from
1.6 A to 800 A. They allow the protection against overload with a thermal device (with fixed threshold
for T1 1p and adjustable threshold for T1, T2, T3, T4, T5 and T6) realised using the bimetal technique,
and protection against short-circuit with a magnetic device (with fixed threshold for T1, T2 and T3
and T4 up to 50 A and adjustable threshold for T4, T5 and T6).
The four-pole circuit-breakers are always supplied with the neutral protected by the trip unit and with
protection of the neutral at 100% of the phase setting for settings up to 100 A. For higher settings,
the protection of the neutral is at 50% of the phase setting unless the protection of the neutral at
100% of In is required.
Furthermore, for Tmax T2, T3 and T5, the TMG thermomagnetic trip units with low magnetic trip
threshold are available. For T2 and T3 the trip unit has adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In)
and fixed magnetic threshold (I3 = 3 x In), whereas for T5 the trip unit has adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I3 = 2.5… 5 x In). The thermomagnetic trip
units can be used to protect long cables and for generator protection, both in direct current and in
alternating current.
Thermomagnetic trip units TMD e TMG (for T1, T2 and T3)
Thermal threshold
1SDC210B02F0001
Adjustable from 0.7 to 1 x In
Thermal threshold
1SDC210B03F0001
Adjustable from 0.7 to 1 x In
TMD = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and fixed magnetic threshold (I3 = 10 x In).
TMG = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and fixed magnetic threshold (I3 = 3 x In).
Thermomagnetic trip units TMD/TMA and TMG (for T4, T5 and T6)
Thermal threshold
Thermal threshold
Adjustable from 0.7 to 1 x In
1SDC210B04F0001
Adjustable
TMA
= thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I3 = 5… 10 x In)
TMG (for T5) = thermomagnetic trip unit with adjustable thermal threshold (I1 = 0.7…1 x In) and adjustable magnetic threshold (I3 = 2.5 …5 x In)
7/10
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 10
1-12-2006 16:13:11
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Electronic trip units
The Tmax T2, T4, T5, T6 and T7 circuit-breakers, for use in alternating current, can be equipped with
overcurrent releases constructed using electronic technology. This allows protection functions to be
obtained which guarantee high reliability, tripping precision and insensitivity to temperature and to
the electromagnetic components in conformity with the standards on the matter.
The power supply needed for correct operation is supplied directly by the current sensors of the
release, and tripping is always guaranteed, even under single-phase load conditions and in correspondence with the minimum setting.
Characteristics of the Tmax electronic trip units
Operating temperature
-25 °C … +70 °C
Relative humidity
98%
Self-supply
0.2 x In (single phase)
Auxiliary power supply (where applicable)
24 V DC
Operating frequency
45…66 Hz
Electromagnetic compatibility (LF and HF)
IEC 60947-2 Annex F
For Tmax T2, T4, T5 and T6 the protection trip unit consists of:
– 3 or 4 current sensors (current transformers)
– external current sensors (e.g. for the external neutral), when available
– a trip unit
– a trip coil (for T2 housed in the right slot, for T4, T5 and T6 integrated in the electronic trip unit).
For Tmax T7 the protection trip unit consists of:
– 3 or 4 current sensors (Rogowski coils and current transformers)
– external current sensors (e.g. for the external neutral)
– interchangeable rating plug
– a trip unit
– a trip coil housed in the body of the circuit-breaker.
Rating plugs
Circuit-breaker
CS Rated
current Iu
In [A]
400
630
800
1000
1250
1600
800
T7
1000
1600
The current sensors supply the electronic trip unit with the energy needed for correct operation of
the trip unit and the signal needed to detect the current.
The current sensors are available with rated primary current as shown in the table.
MCCBs
1250
Current sensors
PR221DS
PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD,
PR223DS
PR231/P, PR232/P,
PR331/P, PR332/P
In [A]
10
25
63
100
160
250
320
400
630
800
1000
T2
T4
T5
T6
T4
T5
T6
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
T7
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
1250
1600
■
■
When a protection function trips, the circuit-breaker opens by means of the trip coil, which changes
over a contact (AUX-SA, supplied on request, see chapter “Accessories” at page 3/20 and following) to signal trip unit tripped. Signalling reset is of mechanical type and takes place with resetting
of the circuit-breaker.
7/11
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 11
1-12-2006 16:13:19
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Electronic trip units
Basic protection functions
(L) Protection against overload
This protection function trips when there is an overload with inverse long-time delay trip according to the IEC 60947-2
Standard (I2t=k). The protection cannot be excluded.
(S) Protection against short-circuit with time delay
This protection function trips when there is a short-circuit, with long inverse time-delay trip (I2t=k ON) or a constant
trip time (I2t=k OFF). The protection can be excluded.
(I) Instantaneous protection against short-circuit
This protection function trips instantaneously in case of a short-circuit. The protection can be excluded.
(G) Protection against earth fault
The protection against earth fault trips when the vectorial sum of the currents passing through the current sensors
exceeds the set threshold value, with long inverse time-delay trip (I2t=k ON) or a constant trip time (I2t=k OFF).
The protection can be excluded.
Advanced protection functions
The PR332/P trip unit makes it possible to carry out highly developed protection against the most varied types
of fault. In fact, it adds the following advanced protection functions to the basic protection functions.
(L) Protection against overload (IEC 60255-3)
This protection trips in case of an overload with inverse long-time delay according to IEC 60255-3 Standard, for
the coordination with fuses and MV protections. The protection can be excluded.
IEC 60255-3
(U) Protection against unbalanced phase
The protection function against unbalanced phase U can be used in those cases where a particularly precise
control is needed regarding missing and/or unbalance of the phase currents. The trip time is instantaneous. The
protection can be excluded.
(OT) Protection against overtemperature
The protection against overtemperature trips instantaneously when the temperature inside the trip unit exceeds
85 °C, in order to prevent any temporary or continual malfunction of the microprocessor. The protection cannot
be excluded.
OT
(Rc) Protection against residual current (1)
This integrated protection is based on current measurements made by an external toroid and is alternative to
protection against earth fault G. The protection can be excluded.
Rc
(ZS) Zone selectivity (2)
ZS zone selectivity is an advanced method for carrying out coordination of the protections in order to reduce the
trip times of the protection closest to the fault in relation to the time foreseen by time selectivity. Zone selectivity can
be applied to the protection functions S and G, with constant time-delay trip. The protection can be excluded.
ZS
UV
OV
RV
RP
UF
OF
(UV, OV, RV) Protections against voltage
The three protections trip with a constant time-delay in the case of undervoltage, overvoltage and residual voltage respectively. The latter allows to detect interruptions of the neutral (or of the earthing conductor in systems
with earthed neutral) and faults which cause movement of the star centre in systems with isolated neutral (e.g.
large earth faults) to be identified. Movement of the star centre is calculated by vectorially summing the phase
voltages. The protections can be excluded.
(RP) Protection against reversal of power
The protection against reversal power causes tripping of the breaker, with constant time-delay trip, when the
flow of power reverses sign and exceeds, as an absolute value, the set threshold. It is particularly suitable for
protection of large machines such as generators. The protection can be excluded.
(UF, OF) Protections of frequency
The two protections detect the variation in network frequency above or below the adjustable thresholds, opening
the circuit-breaker, with constant time-delay trip. The protection can be excluded.
(1)
(2)
It is not suitable for human protection.
For further information about zone selectivity, please see the section: “Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity”.
7/12
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 12
1-12-2006 16:13:20
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Electronic trip units
Electronic trip units for power distribution
SACE PR221DS
PR221DS
Protection functions
PR221DS
/
SACE PR222DS/P
PR222DS/P
PR222DS/P
PR222DS/PD
PR222DS/PD
Protection functions
MCCBs
SACE PR222DS/PD
Protection functions
SACE PR223DS
PR223DS
Protection functions
7/13
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 13
1-12-2006 16:13:24
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Electronic trip units
SACE PR231/P
PR231/P
Protection functions
PR231/P
/
SACE PR232/P
PR232/P
Protection functions
SACE PR331/P
PR331/P
Protection functions
SACE PR332/P
PR332/P
PR332/P
PR332/P
PR332/P
Protection functions
Advanced protection
function(*)
Opt.(**)
(1)
(*)
Rc
(***)
(***)
(***)
OT
UV
In alternative to Rc (with external toroid).
For all versions.
OV
RV
RP
(**)
(***)
UF
(***)
OT
OF
UV
OV
RV
RP
UF
OT
OF
UV
OV
RV
RP
UF
OT
OF
UV
OV
RV
RP
UF
OF
Available with PR330/V. Measurement module.
According to IEC 60255-3.
7/14
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 14
1-12-2006 16:13:51
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - Reading information
Abbreviations used to describe the apparatus
F = Front
terminals
EF = Front
extended
terminals
ES = Front
extended
spread
terminals
FC Cu =
Front terminals for copper cables
FC CuAl =
Front
terminals for
Cu/Al cables
FC CuAl =
Front
terminals for
Cu/Al cables
(housed externally)
RC CuAl =
Rear
terminals for
Cu/Al cables
R=
Rear
terminals
MC =
Multi-cable
terminals
HR for
RC221/222 =
Rear flat
horizontal
terminals
HR =
Rear flat
horizontal
terminals
VR =
Rear flat
vertical
terminals
HR/VR =
Rear flat
terminals
In
TMF
TMD
Magnetic trip
current [A]
Rated current
of the
thermomagnetic
trip unit [A]
= Thermomagnetic
trip unit with fixed
thermal and
magnetic threshold
= Thermomagnetic
trip unit with
adjustable thermal
and fixed magnetic
threshold
Iu
Rated
uninterrupted
current of the
circuit-breaker [A]
Icu
Rated ultimate
short-circuit
breaking capacity
[A]
Icw
Rated short-time
withstand current
for 1s
TMA
= Thermomagnetic
trip unit with
adjustable thermal
and magnetic
threshold
TMG
= Thermomagnetic
trip unit for
generator
protection
N= 50% Protection of
N= 100% the neutral
at 50% or
at 100% of
that of the
phases [A]
MCCBs
I3
MF
= Fixed magnetic
only trip units
MA
= Adjustable
magnetic only
trip units
PR22_ = Electronic trip units
PR23_ = Electronic trip units
PR33_ = Electronic trip units
7/15
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 15
1-12-2006 16:13:59
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - Instructions for ordering
Ordering Tmax circuit-breakers fitted with the accessories indicated in the catalogue means that
these must be indicated by means of the relative sales codes expressly associated with the circuitbreaker code. The following examples are of particular importance for correctly loading orders for
Tmax circuit-breakers fitted with accessories.
1) Terminal Kit for fixed circuit-breaker
To fit the circuit-breaker with different terminal accessories than those supplied on the basic circuitbreaker, it is possible to ask for complete kits (6 or 8 pieces) or half kits (3 or 4 pieces). For conversion
of a complete circuit-breaker, it is necessary to specify the complete terminal kit. In the case of a
mixed solution, the first code specified indicates the terminals to be mounted at the top, the second
indicates the terminals to be mounted at the bottom. On the other hand, when only 3 or 4 pieces
are requested, it is important to specify expressly whether the half kit is to be mounted at the top (*)
rather than at the bottom (**).
a) Tmax T3N 250 with top FC Cu and bottom F terminals
1SDA...R1
T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F
051241
1/2 KIT FC Cu T3 3p(*)
051482
c) Tmax T3N 250 with top F and bottom FC Cu terminals
1SDA...R1
T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F
051241
1/2 KIT FC Cu T3 3p(**)
051482
d) Tmax T3N 250 with FC Cu terminals
1SDA...R1
T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F
051241
1 KIT FC Cu T3 3p
051480
e) Tmax T3N 250 with top ES and FC Cu bottom terminals
1SDA...R1
T3N 250 TMD 63 3p F F
051241
1/2 KIT ES T3 3p(*)
051494
1/2 KIT FC Cu T3 3p(**)
051482
2) T2-T3 electrical accessories on moving part of plug-in circuit-breaker
Fitting the moving parts of plug-in T2-T3 circuit-breakers with SOR, UVR and AUX and with SOR-C,
UVR-C and AUX-C accessories always requires the appropriate plug-socket indicated in the catalogue.
a) Tmax T2N 160 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts
1SDA...R1
T2N 160 F F TMD 10 4p
050970
Kit P MP T2 4p
051412
AUX 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051368
socket-plug connectors 6 pole
051363
b) Tmax T2N 160 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts and opening coil
1SDA...R1
T2N 160 F F TMD 10 4p
050970
Kit P MP T2 4p
051412
AUX 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051369
SOR 220...240 V AC / 220...250 V DC
051336
socket-plug connectors 6 pole
051363
socket-plug connectors 3 pole
051364
7/16
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 16
1-12-2006 16:14:01
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - Instructions for ordering
3) T4-T5 electrical accessories on moving part of plug-in circuit-breaker
Fitting the moving parts of plug-in T4-T5 circuit-breakers with SOR, UVR and AUX accessories
always requires the appropriate plug-sockets, i.e. in the case of cabled electrical accessories
SOR-C, UVR-C, AUX-C, MOE , MOE-E and AUE, the ADP adapters indicated in the catalogue.
a) Tmax T4H 250 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with auxiliary contacts
1SDA...R1
T4L 250 F F P221DS-LS/I 100 4p
054081
Kit P MP T4 4p
054840
AUX 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051369
socket-plug connectors 12 pole
051362
b) Tmax T4H 250 moving part of plug-in circuit-breakers with cabled auxiliary contacts
1SDA...R1
T4L 250 F F P221DS-LS/I 100 4p
054081
Kit P MP T4 4p
054840
AUX-C 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
054911
ADP – 12 pin adapter
054923
c) Tmax T5H 630 moving part of plug-in circuit-breaker with SOR-C, MOE and AUX-C
1SDA...R1
T4L 250 F F P221DS-LS/I 100 4p
054081
Kit P MP T4 4p
054840
SOR-C 220..240 V AC – 220...250V DC
054873
MOE T4-T5 220...250 V AC/DC
054897
ADP – 10 pin adapter
054924
AU-C 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
054910
ADP – 6 pin adapter
054922
4) T4-T5 electrical accessories on moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
MCCBs
Fitting the moving parts of T4-T5 withdrawable circuit-breakers can only take place using electrical
accessories in the cabled version, i.e. SOR-C, UVR-C, AUX-C, MOE, MOE-E and AUE with ADP
adapter.
a) Tmax T5V 630 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker with UVR-C and MOE
1SDA...R1
T5V 630 F F TMA 500 4p N=100%
054495
Kit W MP T5 630 4p
054850
UVR-C 24...30 V AC/DC
054887
MOE T4-T5 24 V DC
054894
ADP – 10 pin adapter
054924
b) Tmax T4S 250 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker SOR-C, RHE and AUE
1SDA...R1
T4S 250 PR221DS-LS/I 100 4p F F
054033
KIT W MP T4 4p
054842
RHE normal for withdrawable circuit-breaker
054933
AUE – 2 early contacts
054925
SOR-C 220...240 V AC / 220...250 V DC
054873
ADP – 10 pin adapter
054924
7/17
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 17
1-12-2006 16:14:02
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - Instructions for ordering
5) Rear mechanical interlock T3
The rear MIR interlock for T3 allows all the accessories to be used. To be able to take the circuitbreakers and/or the fixed parts mounted directly on the interlocking plate, it is necessary to use
code 1SDA050093R1 to be specified regarding the second circuit-breaker (or fixed part) to be
interlocked.
Horizontal mechanical interlock made between two T3S 250
1SDA...R1
POS1
POS2
T3S 250 TMD 200 4p FF
051305
MIR-H rear mechanical interlock for T3
063324
T3S 250 TMD 160 4p FF
051304
Extra code for circuit-breaker/fixed part mounted on the interlock
050093
6) T4-T5 mechanical interlock
The rear interlock for T4 and T5, consisting of the MIR-HB or MIR-VB frame unit and the MIR-P
plates, allows use of all the front accessories compatible with the circuit-breakers used. To be able
to receive the circuit-breakers mounted directly on the interlock plate, code 1SDA050093R1 must
be specified regarding the second circuit-breaker (or fixed part) which is to be interlocked.
Horizontal mechanical interlock made between T4H 320 and T5L 630
1SDA...R1
POS1
POS2
T4H 320 PR221DS-LS/I 320 4p F F
054137
MIR-HB horizontal interlock frame unit
054946
MIR-P plates for type B interlock
054949
T5L 630 PR221DS-LS/I 630 4p F F
054424
Code for circuit-breakers mounted on the plate
050093
7) PR222DS/PD T4-T5
The T4 and T5 circuit-breakers can be fitted with the PR222DS/PD electronic trip unit, with communication and integrated control functions, using the special extracodes indicated in the catalogue.
The circuit-breakers fitted with the PR222DS/PD trip unit can only have the AUX-E electronic version
of auxiliary contacts mounted, to communicate the state of the circuit-breaker to the PR222DS/PD,
and the MOE-E dedicated stored energy operating mechanism, to remotely control circuit-breaker
opening and closing.
a) T4V 250 with dialogue, auxiliary contacts and motor operator
1SDA...R1
T4V 250 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 250 3p F F
054104
Extracode - Dialogue unit for LSIG
055067
AUX-E-C 1Q 1SY
054916
MOE-E T4-T5 380 V AC
054903
X3 for PR222DS/P/PD T4-T5 F
055059
b) T4V 250 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker with dialogue, auxiliary contacts and motor
operator
1SDA...R1
T4V 250 PR222DS/PD-LSIG 250 3p F F
054104
Extracode - Dialogue unit for LSIG
055067
Kit W MP T4
054841
AUX-E-C 1Q 1SY
054916
ADP - 6 pin adapter
054922
MOE-E T4-T5 380 V AC
054903
ADP – 10 pin adapter
054924
X3 for PR222DS/P/PD T4-T5 P/W
055061
7/18
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 18
1-12-2006 16:14:03
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - Instructions for ordering
8) Rating plug for Tmax T7
Thanks to the extra codes for the Tmax T7 rating plug, it is possible to ask for a Tmax T7 circuitbreaker with lower rated current than the standard versions.
T7S 400 with PR332/P LSIG – lever operating mechanism
1SDA...R1
T7S 800 PR332/P-LSIG In=800 3p F F
061968
Extra code for 400 A rating plug
063153
9) Sliding contacts for Tmax T7 in version withdrawable
The electrical accessories of Tmax T7 in the withdrawable version must be fitted with suitable sliding
contacts for the moving part and for the fixed part.
(a) T7S 1000 PR231/P with lever operating mechanism in withdrawable version, opening coil and
auxiliary contacts
1SDA...R1
POS1
POS2
T7S 1000 PR231/P LS/I In=1000A 3p F F
062738
Kit MP T7-T7M W 3p
062162
SOR 220…250 V AC/DC Opening coil
062070
AUX 1Q + 1SY Auxiliary contacts
062104
Right PM sliding block
062166
Fixed part for withdrawable T7
062045
Right PF sliding block
062169
(b) T7S 1250 PR332/P with lever operating mechanism in withdrawable version and undervoltage release
POS2
T7S 1250 PR332/P LSIG In=1250A 3p F F
062871
Kit MP T7-T7M W 3p
062162
UVR 220…250 V AC/DC Undervoltage release
062092
Right PM sliding block
062166
Central PM sliding block
062165
Fixed part for withdrawable T7
062045
Right PF sliding block
062169
Central PF sliding block
062168
MCCBs
1SDA...R1
POS1
10) Interchangeability of the PR231/P trip unit for Tmax T7
Interchangeable T7S 800 PR231/P, with lever operating mechanism
T7S 800 PR231/P LS/I In=800 A 4p F F
061973
Extra code for PR231/P interchangeability
063155
11) Motorisation for Tmax T7
For Tmax T7 motorisation, the circuit-breaker in T7M version which can be motorised, must be fitted
with spring charging geared motor, opening coil and closing coil.
Motorised T7S 1000 PR232/P
T7S 1000 M PR232/P LSI In=1000 A 4p F F
062763
220…250 V AC/DC Spring charging geared motor
062116
SOR 220…250 V AC/DC Opening coil
062070
220…250 V AC/DC Closing coil
062081
7/19
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 19
1-12-2006 16:14:04
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T1
T1 1p 160 – Fixed (F) – 1 Pole - Iu (40 °C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
1SDC210180F0004
B
Thermomagnetic trip unit
with fixed thresholds - TMF
Icu (230 V)
16
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
500
500
500
500
500
500
630
800
1000
1250
1600
25 kA
052616
052617
052618
052619
052620
052621
052622
052623
052624
052625
052626
T1 160 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD
1SDC210302F0004
16
Icu (415 V)
500
630
500
630
500
630
500
630
500
630
500
630
630
800
1000
1250
1600
20
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
B
C
16 kA
25 kA
063514
050870
063515
050871
063516
050872
063517
050873
063518
050874
063519
050875
050876
050877
050878
050879
050880
063526
050894
063527
050895
063528
050896
063529
050897
050898
050899
050900
050901
050902
1SDA ...... R1
N
36 kA
050917
050918
050919
050920
050921
050922
050923
050924
T1 160 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD
16
20
25
32
40
50
N=50%
N=100%
63
80
100
125
160
160
Icu (415 V)
500
630
500
630
500
630
500
630
500
630
500
630
630
800
1000
1250
1600
1600
B
C
16 kA
25 kA
063520
050881
063521
050882
063522
050883
063523
050884
063524
050885
063525
050886
050887
050888
050889
050890
050891
050936
063530
050905
063531
050906
062532
050907
063533
050908
050909
050910
050911
050912
050913
050937
1SDA ...... R1
N
36 kA
050928
050929
050930
050931
050932
050933
050934
050935
050938
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/20
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 20
1-12-2006 16:14:05
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T2
T2 160 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 160 A - Front terminals (F)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
Icu (415 V)
S
H
L
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
85 kA
1.6
16
050940
050984
051028
051072
2
20
050941
050985
051029
051073
2.5
25
050942
050986
051030
051074
3.2
32
050943
050987
051031
051075
4
40
050944
050988
051032
051076
051077
5
50
050945
050989
051033
6.3
63
050946
050990
051034
051078
8
80
050947
050991
051035
051079
051080
10
100
050948
050992
051036
12.5
125
050949
050993
051037
051081
16
500
050950
050994
051038
051082
20
500
050951
050995
051039
051083
25
500
050952
050996
051040
051084
32
500
050953
050997
051041
051085
40
500
050954
050998
051042
051086
50
500
050955
050999
051043
051087
63
630
050956
051000
051044
051088
80
800
050957
051001
051045
051089
100
1000
050958
051002
051046
051090
125
1250
050959
051003
051047
051091
160
1600
050960
051004
051048
051092
N
S
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit for
generator protection - TMG(1)
Icu (415 V)
36 kA
50 kA
16
160
061866
061882
25
160
061867
061883
40
200
061868
061884
63
200
061869
061885
80
240
061870
061886
MCCBs
1SDC210303F0004
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD
N
100
300
061871
061887
125
375
061872
061888
160
480
061873
061889
N
S
H
L
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
85 kA
051153
1SDA ...... R1
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
PR221DS-LS/I
10
051123
051133
051143
PR221DS-LS/I
25
051124
051134
051144
051154
PR221DS-LS/I
63
051125
051135
051145
051155
PR221DS-LS/I
100
051126
051136
051146
051156
PR221DS-LS/I
160
051127
051137
051147
051157
PR221DS-I
10
051163
051174
051184
051194
PR221DS-I
25
051164
051175
051185
051195
PR221DS-I
63
051165
051176
051186
051196
PR221DS-I
100
051166
051177
051187
051197
PR221DS-I
160
051168
051178
051188
051198
Note:
The trip coil of the T2 circuit-breaker with PR221DS electronic trip unit is housed in the right slot.
For T2 with PR221DS the following groups of auxiliary contacts are available:
– 1SDA053704R1 Aux-C 1S51-1Q-1SY
– 1SDA055504R1 Aux-C 2Q-1SY
(1)
For availability, please ask ABB
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/21
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 21
1-12-2006 16:14:09
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T2
T2 160 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 160 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
1SDC210303F0004
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD
Icu (415 V)
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
85 kA
1.6
16
050962
051006
051050
051094
2
20
050963
051007
051051
051095
2.5
25
050964
051008
051052
051096
3.2
32
050965
051009
051053
051097
4
40
050966
051010
051054
051098
5
50
050967
051011
051055
051099
6.3
63
050968
051012
051056
051100
8
80
050969
051013
051057
051101
10
100
050970
051014
051058
051102
12.5
125
050971
051015
051059
051103
16
500
050972
051016
051060
051104
20
500
050973
051017
051061
051105
25
500
050974
051018
051062
051106
32
500
050975
051019
051063
051107
40
500
050976
051020
051064
051108
50
500
050977
051021
051065
051109
63
630
050978
051022
051066
051110
80
800
050979
051023
051067
051111
100
1000
050980
051024
051068
051112
N=50%
125
1250
050981
051025
051069
051113
N=50%
160
1600
050982
051026
051070
051114
N=100%
125
1250
051115
051117
051119
051121
N=100%
160
1600
051116
051118
051120
051122
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit for
generator protection - TMG(1)
16
Icu (415 V)
160
061874
061890
25
160
061875
061891
40
200
061876
061892
63
200
061877
061893
80
240
061878
061894
100
300
061879
061895
125
375
061880
061896
160
480
061881
061897
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
85 kA
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
PR221DS-LS/I
10
051128
051138
051148
051158
PR221DS-LS/I
25
051129
051139
051149
051159
PR221DS-LS/I
63
051130
051140
051150
051160
PR221DS-LS/I
100
051131
051141
051151
051161
PR221DS-LS/I
160 N=50%
051132
051142
051152
051162
PR221DS-LS/I
160 N=100%
051613
051614
051615
051616
PR221DS-I
10
051169
051179
051189
051199
PR221DS-I
25
051170
051180
051190
051200
PR221DS-I
63
051171
051181
051191
051201
PR221DS-I
100
051172
051182
051192
051202
PR221DS-I
160 N=50%
051173
051183
051193
051203
PR221DS-I
160 N=100%
051617
051618
051619
051620
Note:
The trip coil of the T2 circuit-breaker with PR221DS electronic trip unit is housed in the right slot.
For T2 with PR221DS the following groups of auxiliary contacts are available:
– 1SDA053704R1 Aux-C 1S51-1Q-1SY
– 1SDA055504R1 Aux-C 2Q-1SY
(1)
For availability, please ask ABB
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/22
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 22
1-12-2006 16:14:14
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T3
T3 250 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
N
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD
1SDC210304F0004
63
Icu (415 V)
S
36 kA
50 kA
630
051241
051263
80
800
051242
051264
100
1000
051243
051265
125
1250
051244
051266
160
1600
051245
051267
200
2000
051246
051268
250
2500
051247
051269
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit for
generator protection - TMG
Icu (415 V)
63
400
055105
055119
80
400
055106
055120
100
400
055107
055121
125
400
055108
055122
160
480
055109
055123
200
600
055110
055124
250
750
055111
055125
T3 250 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
I3
N
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD
63
Icu (415 V)
S
36 kA
50 kA
630
051252
051274
80
800
051253
051275
100
1000
051254
051276
N=50%
125
1250
051255
051277
N=50%
160
1600
051256
051278
N=50%
200
2000
051257
051279
N=50%
250
2500
051258
051280
N=100%
125
1250
051303
051307
N=100%
160
1600
051304
051308
N=100%
200
2000
051305
051309
N=100%
250
2500
051306
051310
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
MCCBs
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit for
generator protection - TMG
Icu (415 V)
63
400
055112
055126
80
400
055113
055127
100
400
055114
055128
125
400
055115
055129
160
480
055116
055130
200
600
055117
055131
250
750
055118
055132
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/23
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 23
1-12-2006 16:14:18
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T4
T4 250 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
N
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
1SDC210305F0004
Thermomagnetic trip unit TMD and TMA
S
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
054243
20
320
054171
054189
054207
054225
32
320
054172
054190
054208
054226
054244
50
500
054173
054191
054209
054227
054245
80
400...800
054174
054192
054210
054228
054246
100 500...1000
054175
054193
054211
054229
054247
125 625...1250
054176
054194
054212
054230
054248
160 800...1600
054177
054195
054213
054231
054249
200 1000...2000
054178
054196
054214
054232
054250
250 1250...2500
054179
054197
054215
054233
054251
N
S
In
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
Electronic trip unit
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
054093
PR221DS-LS/I
100
053997
054021
054045
054069
PR221DS-LS/I
160
053998
054022
054046
054070
054094
PR221DS-LS/I
250
053999
054023
054047
054071
054095
PR221DS-I
100
054000
054024
054048
054072
054096
PR221DS-I
160
054001
054025
054049
054073
054097
PR221DS-I
250
054002
054026
054050
054074
054098
PR222DS/P-LSI
100
054003
054027
054051
054075
054099
PR222DS/P-LSI
160
054004
054028
054052
054076
054100
PR222DS/P-LSI
250
054005
054029
054053
054077
054101
PR222DS/P-LSIG
100
054006
054030
054054
054078
054102
PR222DS/P-LSIG
160
054007
054031
054055
054079
054103
PR222DS/P-LSIG
250
054008
054032
054056
054080
054104
PR223DS
100
059489
059497
059505
059513
059521
PR223DS
160
059491
059499
059507
059515
059523
PR223DS
250
059493
059501
059509
059517
059525
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/24
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 24
1-12-2006 16:14:22
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T4
In
I3
N
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
1SDC210305F0004
Thermomagnetic trip unit TMD and TMA
S
50 kA
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
20
320
054180
054198
054216
054234
054252
32
320
054181
054199
054217
054235
054253
50
500
054182
054200
054218
054236
054254
80
400...800
054183
054201
054219
054237
054255
100 500...1000
054184
054202
054220
054238
054256
N=50%
125 625...1250
054185
054203
054221
054239
054257
N=50%
160 800...1600
054186
054204
054222
054240
054258
N=50%
200 1000...2000
054187
054205
054223
054241
054259
N=50%
250 1250...2500
054188
054206
054224
054242
054260
N=100%
125 625...1250
054271
054275
054279
054283
054287
N=100%
160 800...1600
054272
054276
054280
054284
054288
N=100%
200 1000...2000
054273
054277
054281
054285
054289
N=100%
250 1250...2500
054274
054278
054282
054286
054290
N
S
In
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
Electronic trip unit
50 kA
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
V
120 kA
200 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
100
054009
054033
054057
054081
054105
PR221DS-LS/I
160
054010
054034
054058
054082
054106
PR221DS-LS/I
250
054011
054035
054059
054083
054107
PR221DS-I
100
054012
054036
054060
054084
054108
PR221DS-I
160
054013
054037
054061
054085
054109
PR221DS-I
250
054014
054038
054062
054086
054110
PR222DS/P-LSI
100
054015
054039
054063
054087
054111
PR222DS/P-LSI
160
054016
054040
054064
054088
054112
PR222DS/P-LSI
250
054017
054041
054065
054089
054113
PR222DS/P-LSIG
100
054018
054042
054066
054090
054114
PR222DS/P-LSIG
160
054019
054043
054067
054091
054115
PR222DS/P-LSIG
250
054020
054044
054068
054092
054116
PR223DS
100
059490
059498
059506
059514
059522
PR223DS
160
059492
059500
059508
059516
059524
PR223DS
250
059494
059502
059510
059518
059526
MCCBs
T4 250 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/25
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 25
1-12-2006 16:14:25
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T4
T4 320 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F)
In
N
1SDC210305F0004
Electronic trip unit
S
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
50 kA
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
320
054117
054125
054133
054141
054149
PR221DS-I
320
054118
054126
054134
054142
054150
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
054119
054127
054135
054143
054151
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
054120
054128
054136
054144
054152
PR223DS
320
059495
059503
059511
059519
059527
T4 320 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F)
In
N
Electronic trip unit
S
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
320
054121
054129
054137
054145
054153
PR221DS-I
320
054122
054130
054138
054146
054154
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
054123
054131
054139
054147
054155
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
054124
054132
054140
054148
054156
PR223DS
320
059496
059504
059512
059520
059528
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/26
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 26
1-12-2006 16:14:29
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T5
T5 400 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
N
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
054440
054444
054448
054452
054441
054445
054449
054453
L
V
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
50 kA
320 1600...3200
054436
400 2000...4000
054437
N
S
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
1SDC210306F0004
S
In
1SDA ...... R1
H
PR221DS-LS/I
320
Icu
36 kA
(415 V)
054316
PR221DS-LS/I
400
054317
054333
054349
054365
PR221DS-I
320
054318
054334
054350
054366
054382
PR221DS-I
400
054319
054335
054351
054367
054383
Electronic trip unit
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
054332
054348
054364
054380
054381
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
054320
054336
054352
054368
054384
PR222DS/P-LSI
400
054321
054337
054353
054369
054385
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
054322
054338
054354
054370
054386
PR222DS/P-LSIG
400
054323
054339
054355
054371
054387
PR223DS
320
059529
059535
059541
059547
059553
PR223DS
400
059531
059537
059543
059549
059555
L
V
T5 400 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
N
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
N=50%
320 1600...3200
S
1SDA ...... R1
H
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
054438
054442
054446
054450
054454
400 2000...4000
054439
054443
054447
054451
054455
320 1600...3200
054477
054479
054481
054483
054485
N=100%
400 2000...4000
054478
054480
054482
054484
054486
N
S
In
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
Electronic trip unit
1SDA ...... R1
H
50 kA
70 kA
MCCBs
N=50%
N=100%
L
V
120 kA
200 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
320
054324
054340
054356
054372
054388
PR221DS-LS/I
400
054325
054341
054357
054373
054389
PR221DS-I
320
054326
054342
054358
054374
054390
PR221DS-I
400
054327
054343
054359
054375
054391
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
054328
054344
054360
054376
054392
PR222DS/P-LSI
400
054329
054345
054361
054377
054393
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
054330
054346
054362
054378
054394
PR222DS/P-LSIG
400
054331
054347
054363
054379
054395
PR223DS
320
059530
059536
059542
059548
059554
PR223DS
400
059532
059538
059544
059550
059556
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/27
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 27
1-12-2006 16:14:31
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T5
T5 630 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
N
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
1SDC210306F0004
500 2500...5000
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
S
L
V
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
054456
054461
054465
054469
054473
N
S
In
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
Electronic trip unit
1SDA ...... R1
H
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
630
054396
054404
054412
054420
054428
PR221DS-I
630
054397
054405
054413
054421
054429
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
054398
054406
054414
054422
054430
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
054399
054407
054415
054423
054431
PR223DS
630
059533
059539
059545
059551
059557
T5 630 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
N
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
S
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
V
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
200 kA
N=50%
500 2500...5000
054459
054463
054467
054471
054475
N=100%
500 2500...5000
054487
054489
054491
054493
054495
N
S
In
Icu
(415 V) 36 kA
Electronic trip unit
50 kA
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
V
120 kA
200 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
630
054400
054408
054416
054424
054432
PR221DS-I
630
054401
054409
054417
054425
054433
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
054402
054410
054418
054426
054434
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
054403
054411
054419
054427
054435
PR223DS
630
059534
059540
059546
059552
059558
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/28
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 28
1-12-2006 16:14:35
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T6
T6 630 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (415 V)
630 3150…6300
S
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
100 kA
060202
060204
060206
060208
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
N
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
L
100 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
630
060226
060236
060246
060256
PR221DS-I
630
060227
060237
060247
060257
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
060228
060238
060248
060258
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
060229
060239
060249
060259
PR223DS
630
060230
060240
060250
060260
T6 630 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
L
100 kA
N=50%
630 3150…6300
060203
060205
060207
060209
N=100%
630 3150…6300
060210
060211
060212
060213
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
100 kA
630
060231
060241
060251
060262
PR221DS-I
630
060232
060242
060252
060263
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
060233
060243
060253
060264
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
060234
060244
060254
060265
PR223DS
630
060235
060245
060255
060266
MCCBs
PR221DS-LS/I
T6 800 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (415 V)
800 4000…8000
S
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
100 kA
060214
060216
060218
060220
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
N
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
L
100 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
800
060268
060278
060289
060299
PR221DS-I
800
060269
060279
060290
060300
PR222DS/P-LSI
800
060270
060280
060291
060301
PR222DS/P-LSIG
800
060271
060281
060292
060302
PR223DS
800
060272
060282
060293
060303
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/29
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 29
1-12-2006 16:14:38
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T6
T6 800 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
I3
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (415 V)
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
1SDA ...... R1
H
L
70 kA
100 kA
N=50%
800 4000…8000
060215
060217
060219
060221
N=100%
800 4000…8000
060222
060223
060224
060225
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
70 kA
L
100 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
800
060273
060283
060294
060305
PR221DS-I
800
060274
060284
060295
060306
PR222DS/P-LSI
800
060275
060285
060296
060307
PR222DS/P-LSIG
800
060276
060286
060297
060308
PR223DS
800
060277
060287
060298
060309
T6 1000 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
100 kA
L
060574
PR221DS-LS/I
1000
060537
060547
060561
PR221DS-I
1000
060538
060548
060562
060575
PR222DS/P-LSI
1000
060539
060549
060563
060576
PR222DS/P-LSIG
1000
060540
060550
060564
060577
PR223DS
1000
060541
060551
060565
060578
Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the T6 1000 A circuit-breaker.
T6 1000 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
H
N
S
36 kA
50 kA
70 kA
100 kA
L
PR221DS-LS/I
1000
060542
060556
060566
060580
PR221DS-I
1000
060543
060557
060567
060581
PR222DS/P-LSI
1000
060544
060558
060568
060582
PR222DS/P-LSIG
1000
060545
060559
060569
060583
PR223DS
1000
060546
060560
060570
060584
Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the T6 1000 A circuit-breaker.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/30
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 30
1-12-2006 16:14:42
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T7
T7 800 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
PR231/P LS/I
800
061963
062642
062674
062706
PR231/P I
800
061962
062641
062673
062705
PR232/P LSI
800
061964
062643
062675
062707
PR331/P LSIG
800
061965
062644
062676
062708
PR332/P LI
800
061966
062645
062677
062709
PR332/P LSI
800
061967
062646
062678
062710
PR332/P LSIG
800
061968
062647
062679
062711
PR332/P LSIRc
800
061969
062648
062680
062712
T7 800 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
062714
PR231/P LS/I
800
061973
062650
062682
PR231/P I
800
061972
062649
062681
062713
PR232/P LSI
800
061974
062651
062683
062715
PR331/P LSIG
800
061975
062652
062684
062716
PR332/P LI
800
061976
062653
062685
062717
PR332/P LSI
800
061977
062654
062686
062718
PR332/P LSIG
800
061978
062655
062687
062719
PR332/P LSIRc
800
061979
062656
062688
062720
T7 1000 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F)
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
V
150 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1000
062738
062770
062802
062834
PR231/P I
1000
062737
062769
062801
062833
PR232/P LSI
1000
062739
062771
062803
062835
PR331/P LSIG
1000
062740
062772
062804
062836
PR332/P LI
1000
062741
062773
062805
062837
PR332/P LSI
1000
062742
062774
062806
062838
PR332/P LSIG
1000
062743
062775
062807
062839
PR332/P LSIRc
1000
062744
062776
062808
062840
MCCBs
In
T7 1000 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
PR231/P LS/I
1000
062746
062778
062810
062842
PR231/P I
1000
062745
062777
062809
062841
PR232/P LSI
1000
062747
062779
062811
062843
PR331/P LSIG
1000
062748
062780
062812
062844
PR332/P LI
1000
062749
062781
062813
062845
PR332/P LSI
1000
062750
062782
062814
062846
PR332/P LSIG
1000
062751
062783
062815
062847
PR332/P LSIRc
1000
062752
062784
062816
062848
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/31
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 31
1-12-2006 16:14:45
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T7
T7 1250 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
1SDA ...... R1
L
120 kA
V
150 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1250
062866
062898
062930
062962
PR231/P I
1250
062865
062897
062929
062961
PR232/P LSI
1250
062867
062899
062931
062963
PR331/P LSIG
1250
062868
062900
062932
062964
PR332/P LI
1250
062869
062901
062933
062965
PR332/P LSI
1250
062870
062902
062934
062966
PR332/P LSIG
1250
062871
062903
062935
062967
PR332/P LSIRc
1250
062872
062904
062936
062968
T7 1250 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
1SDA ...... R1
L
120 kA
V
150 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1250
062874
062906
062938
062970
PR231/P I
1250
062873
062905
062937
062969
PR232/P LSI
1250
062875
062907
062939
062971
PR331/P LSIG
1250
062876
062908
062940
062972
PR332/P LI
1250
062877
062909
062941
062973
PR332/P LSI
1250
062878
062910
062942
062974
PR332/P LSIG
1250
062879
062911
062943
062975
PR332/P LSIRc
1250
062880
062912
062944
062976
T7 1600 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F)
In
S
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
H
1SDA ...... R1
L
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1600
062994
063026
063058
PR231/P I
1600
062993
063025
063057
PR232/P LSI
1600
062995
063027
063059
PR331/P LSIG
1600
062996
063028
063060
PR332/P LI
1600
062997
063029
063061
PR332/P LSI
1600
062998
063030
063062
PR332/P LSIG
1600
062999
063031
063063
PR332/P LSIRc
1600
063000
063032
063064
T7 1600 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F)
In
S
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
H
1SDA ...... R1
L
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1600
063002
063034
063066
PR231/P I
1600
063001
063033
063065
PR232/P LSI
1600
063003
063035
063067
PR331/P LSIG
1600
063004
063036
063068
PR332/P LI
1600
063005
063037
063069
PR332/P LSI
1600
063006
063038
063070
PR332/P LSIG
1600
063007
063039
063071
PR332/P LSIRc
1600
063008
063040
063072
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/32
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 32
1-12-2006 16:14:49
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T7
T7 800 M – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
PR231/P LS/I
800
061981
062658
062690
062722
PR231/P I
800
061980
062657
062689
062721
PR232/P LSI
800
061982
062659
062691
062723
PR331/P LSIG
800
061983
062660
062692
062724
PR332/P LI
800
061984
062661
062693
062725
PR332/P LSI
800
061985
062662
062694
062726
PR332/P LSIG
800
061986
062663
062695
062727
PR332/P LSIRc
800
061987
062664
062696
062728
T7 800 M – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
PR231/P LS/I
800
061989
062666
062698
062730
PR231/P I
800
061988
062665
062697
062729
PR232/P LSI
800
061990
062667
062699
062731
PR331/P LSIG
800
061991
062668
062700
062732
PR332/P LI
800
061992
062669
062701
062733
PR332/P LSI
800
061993
062670
062702
062734
PR332/P LSIG
800
061994
062671
062703
062735
PR332/P LSIRc
800
061995
062672
062704
062736
T7 1000 M – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F)
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
PR231/P LS/I
1000
062754
062786
062818
062850
PR231/P I
1000
062753
062785
062817
062849
PR232/P LSI
1000
062755
062787
062819
062851
PR331/P LSIG
1000
062756
062788
062820
062852
PR332/P LI
1000
062757
062789
062821
062853
PR332/P LSI
1000
062758
062790
062822
062854
PR332/P LSIG
1000
062759
062791
062823
062855
PR332/P LSIRc
1000
062760
062792
062824
062856
MCCBs
In
T7 1000 M – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
1SDA ...... R1
L
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
150 kA
V
PR231/P LS/I
1000
062762
062794
062826
062858
PR231/P I
1000
062761
062793
062825
062857
PR232/P LSI
1000
062763
062795
062827
062859
PR331/P LSIG
1000
062764
062796
062828
062860
PR332/P LI
1000
062765
062797
062829
062861
PR332/P LSI
1000
062766
062798
062830
062862
PR332/P LSIG
1000
062767
062799
062831
062863
PR332/P LSIRc
1000
062768
062800
062832
062864
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/33
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 33
1-12-2006 16:14:54
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Power distribution circuit-breakers
Ordering details - T7
T7 1250 M – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
1SDA ...... R1
L
120 kA
V
150 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1250
062882
062914
062946
062978
PR231/P I
1250
062881
062913
062945
062977
PR232/P LSI
1250
062883
062915
062947
062979
PR331/P LSIG
1250
062884
062916
062948
062980
PR332/P LI
1250
062885
062917
062949
062981
PR332/P LSI
1250
062886
062918
062950
062982
PR332/P LSIG
1250
062887
062919
062951
062983
PR332/P LSIRc
1250
062888
062920
062952
062984
T7 1250 M – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F)
In
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
S
H
50 kA
70 kA
1SDA ...... R1
L
120 kA
V
150 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1250
062890
062922
062954
062986
PR231/P I
1250
062889
062921
062953
062985
PR232/P LSI
1250
062891
062923
062955
062987
PR331/P LSIG
1250
062892
062924
062956
062988
PR332/P LI
1250
062893
062925
062957
062989
PR332/P LSI
1250
062894
062926
062958
062990
PR332/P LSIG
1250
062895
062927
062959
062991
PR332/P LSIRc
1250
062896
062928
062960
062992
T7 1600 M – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F)
In
S
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
H
1SDA ...... R1
L
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1600
063010
063042
063074
PR231/P I
1600
063009
063041
063073
PR232/P LSI
1600
063011
063043
063075
PR331/P LSIG
1600
063012
063044
063076
PR332/P LI
1600
063013
063045
063077
PR332/P LSI
1600
063014
063046
063078
PR332/P LSIG
1600
063015
063047
063079
PR332/P LSIRc
1600
063016
063048
063080
T7 1600 M – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F)
In
S
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
H
1SDA ...... R1
L
50 kA
70 kA
120 kA
PR231/P LS/I
1600
063018
063050
063082
PR231/P I
1600
063017
063049
063081
PR232/P LSI
1600
063019
063051
063083
PR331/P LSIG
1600
063020
063052
063084
PR332/P LI
1600
063021
063053
063085
PR332/P LSI
1600
063022
063054
063086
PR332/P LSIG
1600
063023
063055
063087
PR332/P LSIRc
1600
063024
063056
063088
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/34
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 34
1-12-2006 16:14:57
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity
Technical Data
Zone selectivity
Rated uninterrupted current, Iu
Poles
Rated service current, Ue
T4
T5
T6
T7
800/1000/1250/1600
[A]
250/320
400/630
630/800/1000
[Nr]
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4
[V]
690
690
690
690
750
[V]
750
750
750
[kV]
8
8
8
8
Rated insulation voltage, Ui
[V]
1000
1000
1000
1000
Test voltage at industrial frequency for 1 min.
[V]
3500
3500
3500
L
L
L
S
H
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp
3500
L
V(1)
(AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V
[kA]
200
200
200
85
100
200
200
(AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V
[kA]
120
120
100
50
70
120
150
(AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V
[kA]
100
100
80
50
65
100
130
(AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V
[kA]
85
85
65
40
50
85
100
(AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V
[kA]
70
70
30
30
42
50
60
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
(AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V
[%Icu]
100%
100%
75%
100% 100% 100% 100%
(AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V
[%Icu]
100%
100%
75%
100% 100% 100% 100%
(AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V
[%Icu]
100%
100%
75%
100% 100% 100% 100%
(AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V
[%Icu]
100%
100%(2)
75%
100% 100% 75% 100%
(AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V
[%Icu]
100%
100%(3)
75%
100% 75%
75%
75%
440
Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm
(AC) 50-60 Hz 220/230 V
[kA]
440
440
440
187
220
440
(AC) 50-60 Hz 380/415 V
[kA]
264
264
220
105
154
264
330
(AC) 50-60 Hz 440 V
[kA]
220
220
176
105
143
220
286
(AC) 50-60 Hz 500 V
[kA]
187
187
143
84
105
187
220
(AC) 50-60 Hz 690 V
[kA]
154
154
66
63
88.2
105
132
A
B (400A)(4) A (630A)
B (630A - 800A)(5)A (1000A)
Utilisation category (IEC 60947-2)
B(6)
Isolation behaviour
■
■
■
■
Reference Standard
IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-2
PR223EF
■
■
■
–
PR332/P
–
–
–
■
electronic
Versions
Terminals
F-P-W
F-P-W
F-W
F-W
fixed
F-FC Cu-FC CuAlEF-ES-R-MC
F-FC Cu-FC CuAlEF-ES-R-MC
F-FC CuAlEF-ES-R
F-EF-ES-FC CuAlHR/VR
plug-in
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC
Cu-FC CuAl
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC
Cu-FC CuAl
–
–
withdrawable
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC
Cu-FC CuAl
EF-ES-HR-VR-FC
Cu-FC CuAl
EF-HR-VR
F-HR/VR
20000
20000
20000
10000
240
120
120
60
8000 (250A) 6000 (320A)
7000 (630A) 5000 (800A)
7000 (630A) 5000 (800A) 4000 (1000A)
2000 (S, H, L versions) 3000 (V version)
[No. operations]
Mechanical life
[No. Hourly operations]
[No. operations]
Electrical life @ 415 V AC
[No. Hourly operations]
Basic dimensions - fixed version
60
60
60
105
140
210
210
3 poles
W [mm]
4 poles
W [mm]
140
184
280
280
D [mm]
103.5
103.5
103.5
154 (manual)/178 (motorizable)
H [mm]
Weight
120
MCCBs
Trip unit:
205
205
268
268
fixed
3/4 poles
[kg]
2.35/3.05
3.24/4.15
9.5/12
9.7/12.5 (manual)/
11/14 (motorizable)
plug-in
3/4 poles
[kg]
3.6/4.65
5.15/6.65
–
–
withdrawable
3/4 poles
[kg]
3.85/4.9
5.4/6.9
12.1/15.1
29.7/39.6 (manual)/
32/42.6 (motorizable)
TERMINAL CAPTION
EF = Front extended
F
= Front
ES = Front extended spread
R = Rear orientated
MC = Multi-cable
HR = Rear flat horizontal
VR = Rear flat vertical
HR/VR = Rear flat horientated
F
P
W
= Fixed circuit-breaker
= Plug-in circuit-breaker
= Withdrawable circuit-breaker
(1)
Only for T7 800/1000/1250 A
75% for T5 630
50% for T5 630
(4)
Icw = 5 kA
(5)
Icw = 7.6 kA (630 A) - 10 kA (800 A)
(6)
Icw = 20 kA (S, H, L versions) - 15 kA (V version)
Nota: in the plug-in/withdrawable version of
T5 630 the maximum rated current is
derated by 10% at 40 °C.
(2)
(3)
7/35
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 35
1-12-2006 16:15:01
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for zone selectivity
Ordering details - T4, T5, T6
T4L 250 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
4 poles
120 kA
120 kA
059475
059476
PR223EF
100
PR223EF
160
059477
059478
PR223EF
250
059479
059480
T4L 320 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
PR223EF
320
4 poles
120 kA
120 kA
059481
059482
T5L 400 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
4 poles
120 kA
120 kA
PR223EF
320
059483
059484
PR223EF
400
059485
059486
T5L 630 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
PR223EF
630
4 poles
120 kA
120 kA
059487
059488
T6L 630 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
PR223EF
630
4 poles
100 kA
100 kA
060261
060267
T6L 800 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
Icu (415 V)
PR223EF
800
4 poles
100 kA
100 kA
060304
060310
T6L 1000 – Fixed (F) - Iu (40°C) = 1000 A
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
Electronic trip unit
PR223EF
Icu (415 V)
1000
4 poles
100 kA
100 kA
060579
060585
Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/36
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 36
1-12-2006 16:15:03
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Technical Data
The range of T4, T5 and T6 circuit-breakers for applications in direct current at 1000 V or in alternating current up to 1150 V also comes into the panorama of the Tmax proposals.
The typical sectors of use are installations in mines, road and railway tunnels, electrical transport and
industrial applications in general.
The circuit-breakers are available in the three-pole and four-pole version with TMD or TMA adjustable
thermomagnetic releases or with PR221DS, PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD and PR222MP electronic
trip units.
The dimensions of these circuit-breakers are the same as the standard one. The Tmax circuit-breakers
for these applications are available in the fixed, plug-in and withdrawable version (for which the use
of the 1000 V fixed parts supplied only by upper terminals is mandatory) and they are compatible
with all the accessories except for the residual current release.
Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC
Rated uninterrupted current, Iu
[A]
Poles
Rated service voltage, Ue
(AC) 50-60 Hz
[V]
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp
[kV]
Rated insulation voltage, Ui
[V]
Test voltage at power frequency for 1 min.
[V]
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
(AC) 50-60 Hz 1000 V
[kA]
(AC) 50-60 Hz 1150 V
[kA]
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
(AC) 50-60 Hz 1000 V
[kA]
(AC) 50-60 Hz 1150 V
[kA]
Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm
(AC) 50-60 Hz 1000 V
[kA]
(AC) 50-60 Hz 1150 V
[kA]
Category of use (IEC 60947-2)
Behaviour on isolation
Reference Standards
TMD
Thermomagnetic releases
TMA
PR221DS/LS
Electronic trip units
PR221DS/I
PR221DS/P_LSI
PR221DS/P_LSIG
PR222DS/PD_LSI
PR222DS/PD_LSIG
PR222MP
Terminals
Version
[No. operations]
Mechanical life
[No. hourly operations]
3 poles
W [mm]
Basic fixed dimensions(6)
4 poles
W [mm]
D [mm]
H [mm]
fixed
3/4 poles
[kg]
Weight
plug-in
3/4 poles
[kg]
withdrawable 3/4 poles
[kg]
TERMINAL CAPTION
F = Front
FC Cu = Front for copper cables
FC CuAl = Front for copper cables CuAl
R = Rear
F = Fixed circuit-breakers
P = Plug-in circuit-breakers
W = Withdrawable circuit-breakers
Tmax T4
Tmax T5
Tmax T6
250
3, 4
400/630
3, 4
630/800
3, 4
1000
8
1000
3500
L(1)
12
1000
1150
1000
8
1000
1150
8
1150
1000
3500
1150
3500
L
12
V(1)
20
12
L
12
V(1)
20
12
12
12
6
10
10
6
24
40
24
24
6
A
40
24
B (400 A)(2) - A (630 A)
24
■
■
■
IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-2
IEC 60947-2
B (3)
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
FC Cu
F, P, W
MCCBs
■
FC Cu
F
20000
240
105
140
103.5
205
2.35 / 3.05
2.35/3.05
3.6 / 4.65
3.85 / 4.9
F, P, W(4)
F
20000
120
140
184
103.5
205
3.25 / 4.15
3.25 / 4.15
5.15 / 6.65
5.4 / 6.9
F - FC CuAl - R
F (5)
20000
120
210
280
103.5
268
9.5 / 12
(1)
Power supply only from above
Icw = 5 kA
(3)
Icw = 7.6 kA (630 A) - 10 kA (800 A)
(4)
Tmax T5630 is only available in the fixed version
(5)
For T6 in the withdrawable version, please ask ABB
(6)
Circuit-breaker without high terminal covers
(2)
7/37
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 37
1-12-2006 16:15:05
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Technical Data
PR221DS and PR222DS for use up to 1150 V AC - Current sensor
Tmax T4-T5-T6
In [A]
T4 250
T5 400
T5 630
T6 630
T6 800
100
■
250
■
320
400
■
■
630
800
■
■
■
Note: For the PR222MP setting, please see page 2/49
Circuit-breakers for use at 1000 V DC
Rated uninterrupted current, Iu
[A]
Poles
Rated service voltage, Ue
[V]
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp
[kV]
Rated insulation voltage, Ui
[V]
Test voltage at power frequency for 1 min.
[V]
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity, Icu
(DC) 4 poles in serie(1)
[kA]
Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity, Ics
(DC) 4 poles in serie(2)
[kA]
Category of use (IEC 60947-2)
Behaviour on isolation
Reference Standards
TMD
Thermomagnetic releases
TMA
Terminals
Interchangeability
Versions
[No. operations]
Mechanical life
[No. hourly operations]
W [mm]
Basic fixed dimensions
4 poles
D [mm]
H [mm]
Weight
fixed
4 poles
[kg]
TERMINAL CAPTION
F = Front
FC Cu = Front for copper cables
FC CuAl = Front for copper cables CuAl
R = Rear
Tmax T4
Tmax T5
Tmax T6
250
4
1000
8
1150
3500
V
40
400/630
4
1000
8
1150
3500
V
40
630/800
4
1000
8
1000
3500
L
40
20
A
■
IEC 60947-2
■
■
FC Cu
■
F
20000
240
140
103.5
205
3.05
20
B (400 A)(3) - A (630 A)
■
IEC 60947-2
–
■
FC Cu
–
F
20000
120
184
103.5
205
4.15
B(4)
■
IEC 60947-2
–
■
F - FC CuAl - R
■
F(5)
20000
120
280
103.5
268
12
(1)
See the wiring diagrams on page 4/62 diagram D
Power supply only from above
Icw = 5 kA
(4)
Icw = 7.6 kA (630 A) - 10 kA (800 A)
(5)
For T6 in the withdrawable version, please ask ABB
F = Fixed circuit-breakers
(2)
(3)
Thermomagnetic trip unit for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC - TMD and TMA
In [A]
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
400
500
630
800
Neutral [A] - 100%
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
400
500
630
800
T4 250
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
T5 400
■
I1=0.7…1xIn T5 630
■
T6 630
■
T6 800
I3 = 10 x In [A]
I3 = 5...10 x In [A]
320
500
–
–
400...8000 500...1000 625...1250 800...1600
1000...2000
1250...2500
1600...3200
2000...4000
2500...5000
3150...6300
4000...8000
I3 = 10xIn
I3 = 5...10xIn
7/38
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 38
1-12-2006 16:15:08
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Ordering details - T4
T4 250 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
1SDA ...... R1
In
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
V
12 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
100
054505
20 kA
12 kA
054513
PR221DS-I
100
054506
054514
PR222DS/P-LSI
100
054507
054515
PR222DS/P-LSIG
100
054508
054516
PR221DS-LS/I
250
054509
054517
PR221DS-I
250
054510
054518
PR222DS/P-LSI
250
054511
054519
PR222DS/P-LSIG
250
054512
054520
PR222MP
100
063434
PR222MP
160
063435
PR222MP
200
063436
Electronic trip unit
1SDC210244F0004
L
T4 250 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
L
V
12 kA
Electronic trip unit
PR221DS-LS/I
100
063418
20 kA
12 kA
063426
PR221DS-I
100
063419
063427
PR222DS/P-LSI
100
063420
063428
PR222DS/P-LSIG
100
063421
063429
PR221DS-LS/I
250
063422
063430
PR221DS-I
250
063423
063431
PR222DS/P-LSI
250
063424
063432
PR222DS/P-LSIG
250
063425
063433
T4 250 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
MCCBs
1SDA ...... R1
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
V
Thermomagnetic trip unit TMD and TMA
32
320
20 kA
12 kA
063410
50
500
063411
80
800
063412
100
500...1000
063413
125
625...1250
063414
160
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
800...1600
063415
200 1000...2000
063416
250 1250...2500
063417
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/39
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 39
1-12-2006 16:15:11
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Ordering details - T4, T5
T4 250 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
V
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
Icu (1000 V DC)
1SDC210244F0004
Thermomagnetic trip unit TMD and TMA
20 kA
12 kA
40 kA
32
320
054497
50
500
054498
80
800
054499
100
500...1000
054500
125
625...1250
054501
160
800...1600
054502
200 1000...2000
054503
250 1250...2500
054504
T5 400 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
1SDA ...... R1
In
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
V
12 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
320
063477
20 kA
12 kA
063485
PR221DS-I
320
063478
063486
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
063479
063487
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
063480
063488
PR221DS-LS/I
400
054535
054539
PR221DS-I
400
054536
054540
PR222DS/P-LSI
400
054537
054541
PR222DS/P-LSIG
400
054538
054542
PR222MP
320
063456
PR222MP
400
063457
Electronic trip unit
1SDC210247F0004
L
T5 400 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
1SDA ...... R1
In
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
L
V
12 kA
Electronic trip unit
PR221DS-LS/I
320
063481
20 kA
12 kA
063489
PR221DS-I
320
063482
063490
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
063483
063491
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
063484
063492
PR221DS-LS/I
400
063440
063444
PR221DS-I
400
063441
063445
PR222DS/P-LSI
400
063442
063446
PR222DS/P-LSIG
400
063443
063447
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/40
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 40
1-12-2006 16:15:14
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Ordering details - T5
T5 400 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
V
Icu (1000 V AC) 20 kA
Icu (1150 V AC) 12 kA
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
320 1600...3200
063437
1SDC210247F0004
400 2000...4000
063438
T5 400 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
V
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
Icu (1000 V DC)
20 kA
12 kA
40 kA
054531
400 2000...4000
054532
MCCBs
320 1600...3200
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/41
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 41
1-12-2006 16:15:18
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Ordering details - T5
T5 630 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
1SDA ...... R1
1SDC210247F0004
In
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
L
V
12 kA
Electronic trip unit
PR221DS-LS/I
630
054543
20 kA
12 kA
054547
PR221DS-I
630
054544
054548
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
054545
054549
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
054546
054550
T5 630 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
1SDA ...... R1
In
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
L
V
12 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
630
063448
20 kA
12 kA
063452
PR221DS-I
630
063449
063453
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
063450
063454
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
063451
063455
Electronic trip unit
T5 630 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
V
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
500 2500...5000
20 kA
12 kA
063439
T5 630 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
V
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
500 2500...5000
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1150 V AC)
Icu (1000 V DC)
20 kA
12 kA
40 kA
054533
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/42
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 42
1-12-2006 16:15:19
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Circuit-breakers for use up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Ordering details - T6
T6 630 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
L
Electronic trip unit
Icu (1000 V AC)
12 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
630
060319
PR221DS-I
630
060320
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
060321
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
060322
T6 630 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
L
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1000 V DC)
630 3150…6300
12 kA
40 kA
060315
T6 800 – Fixed (F) – 3 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
In
L
Icu (1000 V AC)
12 kA
PR221DS-LS/I
800
060323
PR221DS-I
800
060324
PR222DS/P-LSI
800
060325
PR222DS/P-LSIG
800
060326
MCCBs
Electronic trip unit
T6 800 – Fixed (F) – 4 Poles - Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
L
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
800 4000…8000
Icu (1000 V AC)
Icu (1000 V DC)
12 kA
40 kA
060317
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/43
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 43
1-12-2006 16:15:22
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Switch disconnectors
Technical Data
The Tmax switch-disconnectors derive from the corresponding circuit-breakers, of which they keep the
overall dimensions, versions, fixing systems and the possibility of mounting accessories unchanged.
This version only differs from the circuit-breakers in the absence of the protection trip units. They are
characterised by a rated voltage of 690 V in alternating current and 750 V in direct current.
Switch-disconnectors
Tmax T1D
Conventional thermal current, Ith
Rated service current in category AC22, Ie
Rated service current in category AC23, Ie
Poles
(AC) 50-60 Hz
Rated service voltage, Ue
(DC)
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp
Rated insulation voltage, Ui
Test voltage at industrial frequency for 1 minute
Rated short-circuit making capacity, Icm (min) switch-disconnector only
(max) with circuit-breaker on supply side
Rated short-time withstand current for 1s, Icw
Reference Standard
Versions
Terminals
[No. operations]
[No. Hourly operations]
3 poles
W [mm]
W [mm]
4 poles
D [mm]
H [mm]
3/4 poles
[kg]
3/4 poles
[kg]
3/4 poles
[kg]
Mechanical life
Basic dimensions, fixed
fixed
plug-in
withdrawable
Weight
[A]
[A]
[A]
[Nr.]
[V]
[V]
[kV]
[V]
[V]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
160
160
125
3/4
690
500
8
800
3000
2.8
187
2
IEC 60947-3
F
FC Cu - EF FC CuAl
25000
120
76
102
70
130
0.9/1.2
–
–
Switch-disconnector coordination
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5 400
B
C
N
N
S
H
L
N
S
N
S
H
Icu [kA]
16
25
36
36
50
70
85
36
50
36
50
70
120 200
T1D 160
16
25
36
36
50
70
85
36
50
36
50
36
50
70
120 200
T3D 250
T4D 320
T5D 400
L
V
N
S
H
36
50
70
120 200
L
V
36
50
70
120 200
T5D 630
T6D 630
T6D 800
T6D 1000
T7D 1000
T7D 1250
T7D 1600
7/44
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 44
1-12-2006 16:15:24
Tmax T4D
Tmax T5D
Tmax T6D
Tmax T7D
250
250
200
3/4
690
500
8
800
3000
5.3
105
3.6
IEC 60947-3
F-P
F-FC CuAl-FC CuEF-ES-R
25000
120
105
140
70
150
1.5/2
2.1/3.7
–
250/320
250/320
250
3/4
690
750
8
800
3000
5.3
440
3.6
IEC 60947-3
F-P-W
F-FC CuAl-FC Cu-EFES-R-MC-HR-VR
20000
120
105
140
103.5
205
2.35/3.05
3.6/4.65
3.85/4.9
400/630
400/630
400
3/4
690
750
8
800
3000
11
440
6
IEC 60947-3
F-P-W
F-FC CuAl-FC Cu-EFES-R-HR-VR
20000
120
140
184
103.5
205
3.25/4.15
5.15/6.65
5.4/6.9
630/800/1000
630/800/1000
630/800/800
3/4
690
750
8
1000
3500
30
440
15
IEC 60947-3
F-W
F-FC CuAl-EFES-R-RC
20000
120
210
280
268
103.5
9.5/12
–
12.1/15.1
1000/1250/1600
1000/1250/1600
1000/1250/1250
3/4
690
750
8
1000
3000
52.5
440
20
IEC 60947-3
F-W
F-EF-ES-FC CuAl
HR/VR
10000
60
210
280
154(manual)/178(motorizable)
268
9.7/12.5(manual)/11/14(motorizable)
–
29.7/39.6(manual)/32/42.6(motorizable)
T5 630
T6 630
N
S
H
L
V
36
50
70
120 200
36
50
70
120 200
T6 800
T6 1000
T7 1000
T7 1250
T7 1600
N
S
H
L
N
S
H
L
N
S
H
L
S
H
L
V
S
H
L
V
S
H
L
36
50
65
100
36
50
65
100
36
50
65
100
50
70
120
150
50
70
120
150
50
70
120
36
50
65
100
50
70
120
150
50
70
120
150
50
70
120
50
70
120
150
50
70
120
50
70
120
36
50
65
100
36
50
65
100
36
50
65
100
36
50
65
100
36
50
65
100
MCCBs
Tmax T3D
7/45
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 45
1-12-2006 16:15:30
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Switch disconnectors
Ordering details - T1, T3, T4, T5
T1D 160 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 160 A - Front terminals for copper cables (FC Cu)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
2 kA
2 kA
051325
051326
1SDC210302F0004
Icw
T3D 250 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
3.6 kA
3.6 kA
051327
051328
1SDC210304F0004
Icw
T4D 250 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 250 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
3.6 kA
3.6 kA
057172
057173
1SDC210305F0004
T4D 320 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 320 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
3.6 kA
3.6 kA
054597
054598
T5D 400 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 400 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
6 kA
6 kA
054599
054600
1SDC210306F0004
T5D 630 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
6 kA
6 kA
054601
054602
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/46
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 46
1-12-2006 16:15:31
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Switch disconnectors
Ordering details - T6, T7
T6D 630 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 630 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
15 kA
15 kA
060343
060344
T6D 800 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 800 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
15 kA
15 kA
060345
06034
T6D 1000 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1000 A
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
15 kA
15 kA
060594
060595
Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker.
T7D 1000 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
20 kA
20 kA
062032
062033
MCCBs
Icw
T7D 1250 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
20 kA
20 kA
062036
062037
T7D 1600 – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
20 kA
20 kA
062040
062041
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/47
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 47
1-12-2006 16:15:33
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Switch disconnectors
Ordering details - T7
T7D 1000 M – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1000 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
20 kA
20 kA
062034
062035
T7D 1250 M – Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1250 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
20 kA
20 kA
062038
062039
T7D 1600 M - Fixed (F) - Ith (40 °C) = 1600 A - Front terminals (F)
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
Icw
4 poles
20 kA
20 kA
062042
062043
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/48
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 48
1-12-2006 16:15:36
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Breaking units
Ordering details - T4, T5
T4 250 - F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4N 250 Breaking unit
054557
054562
T4S 250 Breaking unit
054558
054563
T4H 250 Breaking unit
054559
054564
T4L 250 Breaking unit
054560
054565
T4V 250 Breaking unit
054561
054566
T4 320 - F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4N 320 Breaking unit
054567
054572
T4S 320 Breaking unit
054568
054573
T4H 320 Breaking unit
054569
054574
T4L 320 Breaking unit
054570
054575
T4V 320 Breaking unit
054571
054576
T5 400 - F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
4 poles
T5N 400 Breaking unit
054577
054582
T5S 400 Breaking unit
054578
054583
T5H 400 Breaking unit
054579
054584
T5L 400 Breaking unit
054580
054585
T5V 400 Breaking unit
054581
054586
MCCBs
3 poles
T5 630 - F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T5N 630 Breaking unit
054587
054592
T5S 630 Breaking unit
054588
054593
T5H 630 Breaking unit
054589
054594
T5L 630 Breaking unit
054590
054595
T5V 630 Breaking unit
054591
054596
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/49
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 49
1-12-2006 16:15:36
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Breaking units
Ordering details - T6
T6 630 - F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T6N 630 Breaking unit
060327
060331
T6S 630 Breaking unit
060328
060332
T6H 630 Breaking unit
060329
060333
T6L 630 Breaking unit
060330
060334
T6 800 - F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T6N 800 Breaking unit
060335
060339
T6S 800 Breaking unit
060336
060340
T6H 800 Breaking unit
060337
060341
T6L 800 Breaking unit
060338
060342
T6 1000
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T6N 1000 Breaking unit
060586
060590
T6S 1000 Breaking unit
060587
060591
T6H 1000 Breaking unit
060588
060592
T6L 1000 Breaking unit
060589
060593
Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/50
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 50
1-12-2006 16:15:37
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Trip units
Ordering details - T4
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
3 poles
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMD and TMA
TMD 20-200
TMD 32-320
TMD 50-500
TMA 80-800
TMA 100-1000
TMA 125-1250
TMA 160-1600
TMA 200-2000
TMA 250-2500
20
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
320
320
500
400...800
500...1000
625...1250
800...1600
1000…2000
1250...2500
N= 100%
054651
054652
054653
054654
054655
054656
054657
054658
054659
054665
054666
054667
054668
054660
054661
054662
054663
054664
054671
054672
054673
054674
3 poles
4 poles
054603
054604
054605
054627
054606
054607
054608
054628
054609
054610
054611
054629
054612
054613
054614
054630
054635
054636
054637
054647
054638
054639
054640
054648
059559
059561
059563
059565
054615
054616
054617
054631
054618
054619
054620
054632
054621
054622
054623
054633
054624
054625
054626
054634
054641
054642
054643
054649
054644
054645
054646
054650
059560
059562
059564
059566
1SDA ...... R1
In
Electronic trip unit
PR221DS-LS/I
PR221DS-LS/I
PR221DS-LS/I
PR221DS-LS/I
PR221DS-I
PR221DS-I
PR221DS-I
PR221DS-I
PR222DS/P-LSI
PR222DS/P-LSI
PR222DS/P-LSI
PR222DS/P-LSI
PR222DS/P-LSIG
PR222DS/P-LSIG
PR222DS/P-LSIG
PR222DS/P-LSIG
PR222DS/PD-LSI
PR222DS/PD-LSI
PR222DS/PD-LSI
PR222DS/PD-LSI
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
PR223DS
PR223DS
PR223DS
PR223DS
Electronic trip unit
for motor protection
4 poles
N= 50%
100
160
250
320
100
160
250
320
100
160
250
320
100
160
250
320
100
160
250
320
100
160
250
320
100
160
250
320
MCCBs
1SDC210189F0004
Trip units for T4
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
PR222MP
100
054688
PR222MP
160
054689
PR222MP
200
054690
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
3 poles
Magnetic only trip unit - MA
4 poles
N= 50%
N= 100%
MA 10-140
10
60…140
055077
055080
MA 25-350
25
150…350
055078
055081
MA 52-728
52
312…728
055079
055082
MA 80-1120
80
480…1120
054676
054682
MA 100-1400
100
600…1400
054677
054683
MA 125-1750
125
750…1750
054678
054684
MA 160-2240
160
960…2240
054679
054685
MA 200-2800
200
1200…2800
054680
054686
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/51
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 51
1-12-2006 16:15:38
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Trip units
Ordering details - T5
1SDC210189F0004
Trip units for T5
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
3 poles
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
4 poles
N= 50%
N= 100%
TMA 320-3200
320
1600...3200
054723
054725
054731
TMA 400-4000
400
2000...4000
054724
054726
054732
TMA 500-5000
500
2500...5000
054727
054729
054733
Thermomagnetic trip
unit for generator
protection - TMG
In
I3
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
TMG 320-1600
320
800...1600
055093
055101
TMG 400-2000
400
1000...2000
055098
055102
TMG 500-2500
500
1250...2500
055099
055103
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA ...... R1
In
Electronic trip unit
PR221DS-LS/I
320
054691
054699
PR221DS-LS/I
400
054692
054700
PR221DS-LS/I
630
054707
055159
PR221DS-I
320
054693
054701
PR221DS-I
400
054694
054702
PR221DS-I
630
054708
055160
PR222DS/P-LSI
320
054695
054703
PR222DS/P-LSI
400
054696
054704
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
054709
055161
PR222DS/P-LSIG
320
054697
054705
PR222DS/P-LSIG
400
054698
054706
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
054710
055162
PR222DS/PD-LSI
320
054711
054715
PR222DS/PD-LSI
400
054712
054716
PR222DS/PD-LSI
630
054719
054721
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
320
054713
054717
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
400
054714
054718
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
630
054720
054722
PR223DS
320
059567
059568
PR223DS
400
059569
059570
PR223DS
630
059571
059572
Electronic trip unit
for motor protection
1SDA ...... R1
In
3 poles
PR222MP
320
054735
PR222MP
400
054736
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/52
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 52
1-12-2006 16:15:42
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Trip units
Ordering details - T6
In
1SDA ...... R1
I3
3 poles
Thermomagnetic trip unit - TMA
4 poles
N= 50%
N= 100%
TMA 630-6300
630
3150…6300
060347
060348
060472
TMA 800-8000
800
4000…8000
060349
060350
060473
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA ...... R1
In
Electronic trip unit
PR221DS-LS/I
630
060351
060357
PR221DS-LS/I
800
060363
060369
PR221DS-LS/I
1000
060596
060602
630
060352
060358
PR221DS-I
800
060364
060370
PR221DS-I
1000
060597
060603
PR222DS/P-LSI
630
060353
060359
PR222DS/P-LSI
800
060365
060371
PR222DS/P-LSI
1000
060598
060604
PR222DS/P-LSIG
630
060354
060360
PR222DS/P-LSIG
800
060366
060372
PR222DS/P-LSIG
1000
060599
060605
PR222DS/PD-LSI
630
060355
060361
PR222DS/PD-LSI
800
060367
060373
PR222DS/PD-LSI
1000
060600
060606
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
630
060356
060362
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
800
060368
060374
PR222DS/PD-LSIG
1000
060601
060607
630
060376
060377
PR223DS
800
060378
060379
PR223DS
1000
060608
060609
Electronic trip unit
for motor protection
In
PR221DS-I
PR223DS
PR222MP
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
630
060375
MCCBs
1SDC210B06F0001
Trip units for T6
1SDC210B10F0001
Note: A type of terminal among ES - FC CuAl - R must necessarly be mounted on the 1000 A circuit-breaker.
Trip units for T7-T7M
1SDA ...... R1
Electronic trip unit
PR231/P-LS/I
063128
PR231/P-I
063129
PR232/P-LSI
063130
PR331/P-LSIG
063133
PR332/P-LI
063134
PR332/P-LSI
063135
PR332/P-LSIG
063136
PR332/P-LSIRc
063137
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/53
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 53
1-12-2006 16:15:45
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fixed parts
Ordering details
Plug-in (P) – Fixed part
1SDC210197F0004
F = Front terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T2 P FP F
051329
051330
T3 P FP F
051331
051332
EF = Front extended terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 P FP EF
054737
054740
T5 400 P FP EF
054749
054752
T5 630 P FP EF
054762
054765
Note: For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A
VR = Rear flat vertical terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 P FP VR
054738
054741
T5 400 P FP VR
054750
054753
T5 630 P FP VR
054763
054766
Note: For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A
HR = Rear flat horizontal terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 P FP HR
054739
054742
T5 400 P FP HR
054751
054754
T5 630 P FP HR
054764
054767
Note: For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A
FC Cu = Front terminals for copper cables
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 250 P FP 1000 V AC
063458
063459
T5 400 P FP 1000 V AC
063462
063463
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/54
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 54
1-12-2006 16:15:48
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fixed parts
Ordering details
Withdrawable (W) – Fixed part
1SDC210198F0004
EF = Front extended terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 W FP EF
054743
054746
T5 W 400 FP EF
054755
054758
T5 W 630 FP EF
054768
054771
T6 W FP EF
060384
060387
T7-T7M W FP EF
062045
062049
Note: For the circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version In max = 570 A
VR = Rear flat vertical terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 W FP VR
054744
054747
T5 W 400 FP VR
054756
054759
T5 W 630 FP VR
054769
054772
T6 W FP VR
060386
060389
Note: For the circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version In max = 570 A
HR = Rear flat horizontal terminals
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 W FP HR
054745
054748
T5 W 400 FP HR
054757
054761
T5 W 630 FP HR
054770
054774
T6 W FP HR
060385
060388
Note: For the circuit-breaker in the withdrawable version In max = 570 A
MCCBs
HR/VR = Rear flat terminals
1SDA ...... R1
T7-T7M W FP HR/VR
3 poles
4 poles
062044
062048
Nota: To order the HR/VR terminals mounted vertically, the extra code 1SDA063571R1 must be specified.
FC Cu = Front terminals for copper cables
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
T4 250 W FP 1000 V AC
063460
063461
T5 400 W FP 1000 V AC
063464
063465
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/55
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 55
1-12-2006 16:15:51
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fixed parts
Ordering details
Conversion of the version
Conversion kit from fixed into moving part of plug-in T2…T5
1SDC210190F0004
Type
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
Kit P MP T2
051411
051412
Kit P MP T3
051413
051414
Kit P MP T4
054839
054840
Kit P MP T5 400
054843
054844
Kit P MP T5 630 (*)
054847
054848
Note: The plug-in version must be composed as follows
1) Fixed circuit-breaker
2) Conversion kit from fixed into moving part of plug-in
3) Fixed part of plug-in
(*)
For the circuit-breaker in plug-in version In max = 570 A
Conversion kit from fixed into moving part of withdrawable T4...T7
1SDC210200F0004
Type
1SDA ...... R1
3 poles
4 poles
Kit W MP T4
054841
054842
Kit W MP T5 400
054845
054846
Kit W MP T5 630 (*)
054849
054850
Kit W MP T6
060390
060391
Kit W MP T7-T7M
062162
062163
Note: The withdrawable version must be composed as follows
1) Fixed circuit-breaker
2) Conversion kit from fixed into moving part of withdrawable
3) Fixed part of withdrawable
4) Front for lever operating mechanism or rotary handle or motor operator
5) Sliding contacts blocks if the circuit-breaker is automatic or fitted with electrical accessories (only for T7)
(*)
For the circuit-breakers in withdrawable version In max = 570 A.
Sliding contacts blocks for T7
Type
Lef block - MP T7 - T7M
1SDA.....R1
062164
Central block - MP T7 - T7M
062165
Right block - MP T7 - T7M
062166
Left block - FP T7
063572
Left block - FP T7M
062167
Central block - FP T7 - T7M
062168
Right block - FP T7 - T7M
062169
Note: Always to be ordered in pairs (block for PM + block for PF) if the circuit-breaker is automatic or fitted with electrical accessories for
withdrawable version.
Conversion kit from fixed into plug-in for RC222 and RC223
Type
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
Kit P MP RC T4
054851
Kit P MP RC T5 400
054852
Kit P MP RC T5 630
054853
Conversion kit from plug-in into withdrawable for RC222 and RC223
Type
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
Kit W MP RC T4-T5
055366
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/56
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 56
1-12-2006 16:15:53
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Fixed parts, conversion kit and accessories for fixed parts
Ordering details
Conversion kik from fixed part of plug-in into fixed part of withdrawable
1SDA.....R1
Type
Kit FP P in FP W T4
054854
Kit FP P in FP W T5
054855
Terminals for fixed parts T4…T7
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 pieces
4 pieces
EF T6
013984
013985
EF T7-T7M
062171
062172
055271
055272
FC Cu T4 1x185mm2
054831
054832
FC Cu T5 1x240mm2
054833
054834
FC CuAl T4 1x185mm2
054835
054836
FC CuAl T5 1x240mm2
054837
054838
013988
013989
013986
013987
063089
063090
Front extended terminals - EF
Front extended spread terminals - ES
ES T5 (630 A)
Front terminals for copper cables - FC Cu
Front terminals for copper-aluminium cables - FC CuAl
Rear flat vertical terminals - VR
VR T6
Rear flat horizontal terminals - HR
HR T6
Rear flat terminals - HR/VR
HR/VR T7-T7M
Note: The FC Cu and FC CuAl terminals are supplied with insulating terminal covers for TC-FP fixed parts.
Lock for fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
1SDA.....R1
Type
KLF-D FP - Different key for each circuit-breaker
MCCBs
T4-T5-T6
055230
KLF-S FP - Same key for different groups of circuit-breakers
055231
PLL FP - Lock padlocks
055232
KLF-D Ronis FP - Lock type Ronis
055233
Terminal covers for fixed part - TC-FP
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
TC-FP T4
054857
054858
TC-FP T5 400
054859
054861
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/57
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 57
1-12-2006 16:15:55
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Service releases
Shunt opening release - SOR
1SDA.....R1
Type
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5-T6
053000
054862
051333
054863
T7-T7M
1SDC210204F0004
uncabled version
SOR 12 V DC
SOR 24 V AC / DC
SOR 24...30 V AC / DC
062065
SOR 30 V AC / DC
062066
SOR 48 V AC / DC
SOR 48...60 V AC / DC
062067
051334
054864
SOR 60 V AC / DC
062068
SOR 110…120 V AC / DC
SOR 110...127 V AC - 110...125 V DC
062069
051335
054865
SOR 120…127 V AC / DC
063547
SOR 220…240 V AC / DC
SOR 220...240 V AC - 220...250 V DC
063548
051336
054866
SOR 240…250 V AC / DC
062070
SOR 380…400 V AC
SOR 380...440 V AC
062071
051337
054867
051338
054868
SOR-C 12 V DC
053001
054869
SOR-C 24...30 V AC / DC
051339
054870
SOR-C 48...60 V AC / DC
051340
054871
SOR-C 110...127 V AC - 110...125 V DC
051341
054872
SOR-C 220...240 V AC - 220...250 V DC
051342
054873
SOR-C 380...440 V AC
051343
054874
SOR-C 480...525 V AC
051344
054875
SOR 415…440 V AC
SOR 480...525 V AC
062072
cabled version
SOR Test Unit
Type
T7-T7M
1SDA.....R1
050228
Shunt closing release - SCR
Type
1SDA.....R1
T7M
cabled version
SCR 24 V AC / DC
062076
SCR 30 V AC / DC
062077
SCR 48 V AC / DC
062078
SCR 60 V AC / DC
062079
SCR 110...120 V AC / DC
062080
SCR 120...127 V AC / DC
063549
SCR 220...240 V AC / DC
063550
SCR 240...250 V AC / DC
062081
SCR 380...400 V AC
062082
SCR 415...440 V AC
062083
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/58
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 58
1-12-2006 16:15:56
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Undervoltage release - UVR
1SDA.....R1
Type
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5-T6
051345
054880
UVR 48 V AC / DC
051346
054881
UVR 60 V AC/DC
052333
054882
T7-T7M
uncabled version
1SDC210204F0004
UVR 24 V AC / DC
UVR 24...30 V AC / DC
062087
UVR 30 V AC / DC
062088
062089
062090
UVR 110…120 V AC / DC
UVR 110...127 V AC – 110...125 V DC
062091
051347
054883
UVR 120…127 V AC / DC
063551
UVR 220…240 V AC / DC
UVR 220...240 V AC - 220…250 V DC
063552
051348
054884
UVR 240…250 V AC / DC
062092
UVR 380…400 V AC
UVR 380...440 V AC
062093
051349
054885
051350
054886
UVR-C 24...30 V AC / DC
051351
054887
UVR-C 48 V AC / DC
051352
054888
UVR-C 60 V AC/DC
052335
054889
UVR 415...440 V AC
UVR 480...525 V AC
062094
cabled version
UVR-C 110...127 V AC - 110...125 V DC
051353
054890
UVR-C 220...240 V AC - 220…250 V DC
051354
054891
UVR-C 380...440 V AC
051355
054892
UVR-C 480...525 V AC
051356
054893
Shunt opening release with permanent operation - PS-SOR
1SDA.....R1
Type
T4-T5-T6
PS-SOR 24...30 V DC
054876
PS-SOR 110...120 V AC
054877
MCCBs
uncabled version
cabled version
PS-SOR-C 24...30 V DC
054878
PS-SOR-C 110...120 V AC
054879
Connectors and socket-plugs for electrical accessories
Type
1SDA.....R1
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5-T6
Socket-plug 12 poles
051362
051362
Socket-plug 6 poles
051363
051363
Socket-plug 3 poles
051364
051364
3-way connector for second SOR-C
055273
Loose cables
Type
1SDA.....R1
T1-T2-T3
Kit 12 cables L=2m for AUX
051365
Kit 6 cables L=2m for AUX
051366
Kit 2 cables L=2m for SOR-UVR
051367
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/59
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 59
1-12-2006 16:15:58
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Time delay device for undervoltage release - UVD
Type
1SDA.....R1
UVD 24…30 V AC / DC
T1…T6
T7-T7M
051357
038316
UVD 48 V AC / DC
038317
1SDC210147F0004
UVD 48…60 V AC / DC
051358
UVD 60 V AC / DC
038318
UVD 110...125 V AC / DC
051360
038319
UVD 220...250 V AC / DC
051361
038320
Electrical signals
Auxiliary contacts - AUX
1SDA.....R1
Type
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5-T6
T7
T7M
1SDC210205F0004
1SDC210148F0004
uncabled version (1)
AUX 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051368
051368
AUX 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051369
051369
AUX 1Q 1SY 400 V AC
062104
AUX 2Q 400 V AC
062102
AUX 1Q 1SY 24 V DC
062103
AUX 3Q 1SY 24 V DC
054914
062102
054914
AUX 2Q 24 V DC
062101
062101
062105
063553
cabled version (1) with 1 m long
cables
AUX-C 1Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051370
054910
AUX-C 3Q 1SY 250 V AC/DC
051371
054911
AUX-C 1Q 1SY 400 V AC
054912
AUX-C 2Q 400 V AC
AUX-C 3Q 1SY 24 V DC
054913
055361
054915
cabled version for T2 with
PR221 DS trip unit
AUX-C 1 S51 1Q SY
053704
AUX-C 2Q 1SY
055504
cabled contact for signalling
trip coil release trip
AUX-SA 1 S51 T4-T5
055050
AUX-SA 1 S51 T6 (2)
060393
AUX-SA 1 S51 T7-T7M
cabled contact for signalling
manual/remote operation
AUX-MO-C (3)
054917
cabled contact circuit breaker
ready to close
AUX-RTC 24V DC
062108
AUX-RTC 250V AC/DC
062109
cabled contact signalling
spring charged
AUX-MC 24V DC
062106
AUX-MC 250V AC/DC
062107
cabled contacts in electronic
version
AUX-E-C 1Q 1SY (4)
054916
(1)
These cannot be combined with T2 circuit-breaker fitted with PR221DS electronic trip unit.
(2)
Available only mounted on the circuit-breaker.
(3)
For T4, T5 and T6 in plug-in/withdrawable version, it is necessary to order a socket plug connector 3 poles 1SDA051364R1
(4)
Only with circuit-breakers equipped with PR222DS/PD and PR223DS trip units.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/60
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 60
1-12-2006 16:16:00
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Auxiliary position contacts - AUP
1SDA.....R1
Type
T2-T3
1SDC210152F0004
AUP T2-T3 - 1 contact signalling circuitbreakers racked-in
T4-T5-T6
T7-T7M
051372
AUP-I T4-T5 24 V DC - 1 contact signalling
circuit-breakers racked-in
054920
AUP-I T4-T5 400 V AC/DC - 1 contact for
signalling circuit-breakers racked-out
054918
AUP-R T4-T5 24 V DC - 1 contact for signalling circuit-breakers racked-out
054921
AUP-R T4-T5 400 V AC/DC - 1 contact for
signalling circuit-breakers racked-out
054919
AUP T7-T7M 24 V DC
062110
AUP T7-T7M 250 V AC
062111
Early auxiliary contacts - AUE
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210206F0004
Type
AUE - early contacts
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5
T6
T7
051374
054925
060394
062112
Note: On T7, the early auxiliary contacts (AUE) can only be ordered mounted on the circuit-breaker
Adapters - ADP
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5-T6
ADP - Adapters 5pin
055173
ADP - Adapters 6pin
054922
ADP - Adapters 12pin
054923
ADP - Adapters 10pin
054924
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5-T6
5pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W service releases
055351
6pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W auxiliary contacts (1+1) service
and residual current releases
055063
12pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W auxiliary contacts (3+1)
055064
MCCBs
1SDC210125F0004
Testing extension
5pin checking extension for blanck tests on T4-T5-T6 P/W
motor operator and early contacts
055065
Trip reset
Type
1SDA.....R1
T7M
Trip reset 24-30 V AC/DC
063554
Trip reset 110-130 V AC/DC
062118
Trip reset 200-240 V AC/DC
062119
Mechanical signals
Mechanical operation counter
Type
1SDA.....R1
T7M
Mechanical operation counter
062160
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/61
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 61
1-12-2006 16:16:03
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
1SDC210154F0004
Motor operator
Solenoid operator - MOS
1SDA.....R1
Type
T1-T2-T3
MOS 5 cables, superimposed 48...60 V DC
059596
MOS 5 cables, superimposed 110...250 V AC/DC
059597
1SDC210155F0004
Note: It is always fitted with crimped cables
MOS 5 cables T1-T2, side-by-side, 48...60 V DC
059598
MOS 5 cables T1-T2, side-by-side, 110...250 V AC/DC
059599
Note: It is always fitted with socket plug connector.
Stored energy motor operator - MOE
1SDC210207F0004
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5
T6
MOE 24 V DC
054894
060395
MOE 48...60 V DC
054895
060396
MOE 110...125 V AC/DC
054896
060397
MOE 220...250 V AC/DC
054897
060398
MOE 380 V AC
054898
060399
Stored energy motor operator with electronics - MOE-E
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5
T6
MOE-E 24 V DC
054899
060400
MOE-E 48...60 V DC
054900
060401
MOE-E 110...125 V AC/DC
054901
060402
MOE-E 220...250 V AC/DC
054902
060403
MOE-E 380 V AC
054903
060404
Note: Always supplyed complete with the AUX-E-C electronic auxiliary contact
Spring charging motor
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7M
1SDC210159F0004
1SDC200544F0001
Spring chargin motor 24…30 V AC/DC
062113
Spring chargin motor 48…60 V AC/DC
062114
Spring chargin motor 100…130 V AC/DC
062115
Spring chargin motor 220…250 V AC/DC
062116
Spring chargin motor 380…415 V AC
062117
Rotary handle operating mechanism
Direct- RHD
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210158F0004
Type
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5
T6
T7
RHD normal for fixed and plug-in
051381
054926
060405
062120
RHD_EM emergency for fixed and
plug-in
051382
054927
060406
062121
RHD normal for withdrawable
054928
060407
062120
RHD_EM di emergency for
withdrawable
055234
060408
062121
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/62
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 62
1-12-2006 16:16:06
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Transmitted - RHE
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210209F0004
1SDC210208F0004
Type
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5
T6
T7
RHE normal for fixed and plug-in
051383
054929
060409
062122
RHE_EM emergency for fixed and
plug-in
051384
054930
060410
062123
RHE normal for withdrawable
054933
060411
062122
RHE_EM di emergency for
withdrawable
054934
060412
062123
054931
060413
062124
060414
062124
Individual components
RHE_B just base for RHE for fixed
and plug-in
051385
RHE_B just base for RHE
withdrawable
054935
RHE_S just rod 500mm for RHE
051386
054932
054932
054932
RHE_H just handle for RHE
051387
054936
060415
062125
RHE_H_EM just emergency handle
for RHE
051388
054937
060416
062126
1SDC210292F0023
IP54 protection for rotary handle
1SDA.....R1
Type
RHE_IP54 protection kit IP54
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5-T6
T7
051392
054938
054938
T1-T2-T3
T7
T7M
062150
062151
Operating mechanism and locks
Padlock lever lock - PLL
1SDA.....R1
Type
051393
PLL for T1 1p - plug-in in open position
060199
PLL - plate in open/closed position
051394
PLL - plate in open position
060534
PLL - padlock lever lock
MCCBs
1SDC210167F0004
PLL - plug-in in open position
1SDC210163F0004
Note: On T7, the padlock lever lock is an alternative to the key lock
“Ronis” key lock in open position on the circuit-breaker - KLC (1)
Type
1SDA.....R1
T1-T2-T3
standard version
KLC same key - T1
053528
KLC same key - T2
053529
KLC same key - T3
053530
version with key removable in both positions
KLC-S same key - T1
051395
KLC-S same key - T2
052015
KLC-S same key - T3
052016
(1)
It cannot be mounted when there is a front operationg mechanism, a rotary handle operating mechanism, motor operator or RC221/RC222 residual
current device and, only in the case of three pole circuit-breakers, with the service releases (UVR, SOR).
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/63
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 63
1-12-2006 16:16:10
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Key lock in open position on the circuit-breaker - KLC
Type
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210162F0004
KLC-D - different key
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005)
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006)
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007)
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008)
KLC-R - arrangement for Ronis key lock
KLC-P - arrangement for Profalux key lock
T7
T7M
062134
062135
062136
062137
062138
062139
062140
062141
062142
062143
062144
062145
062146
062149
Key lock for rotary handle - RHL
1SDA.....R1
Type
T1-T2-T3
RHL - different keys for each circuit-breaker/in open position
RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005)
RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006)
RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007)
RHL - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008)
RHL - different keys for each circuit-breaker/in open-closed position
051389
051390
060147
060148
060149
052021
Key lock for front/rotary handle - KLF
1SDA.....R1
Type
T4-T5
T6
T7
KLF-D - different key
054939
060658
063555
KLF-S - same key for different groups of
circuit-breakers (N. 20005)
054940
060659
063556
KLF-S - same key for different groups of
circuit-breakers (N. 20006)
054941
060660
063557
KLF-S - same key for different groups of
circuit-breakers (N. 20007)
054942
060661
063558
KLF-S - same key for different groups of
circuit-breakers (N. 20008)
054943
060662
063559
KLF-S - arrangement for Ronis key lock
063560
KLF-S - arrangement for Profalux key lock
063561
Key lock for motor operator - MOL
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5
T6
MOL-D different key
054904
060611
MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20005)
054905
060612
MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20006)
054906
060613
MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20007)
054907
060614
MOL-S - same key for different groups of circuitbreakers (N. 20008)
054908
060615
MOL-M - lock only on manual operation with same key
054909
054909
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/64
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 64
1-12-2006 16:16:15
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Key lock in racked-in/test isolated/racked-out position
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7-T7M
For 1 circuit-breaker - different key
062153
For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20005)
062154
For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20006)
062155
For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20007)
062156
For groups of circuit-breakers - same key (N. 20008)
062157
Arrangement for Ronis key lock
063567
Arrangement for Profalux key lock
063570
Arrangement for Castell key lock
063568
Arrangement for Kirk key lock
063569
Note: The fixed part can be equipped with two different key locks.
Accessory for lock in racked-out position
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7-T7M
Lock in racked-out position
062158
Note: Order to complete the circuit-breaker lock in racked-in/isolated-test/racked-out position
Mechanical compartment door lock
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7-T7M
Mechanical compartment door lock
062159
Front lever operating mechanism - FLD
1SDC210210F0004
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5
T6
FLD - for fixed and plug-in
054944
060417
FLD - for withdrawable
054945
060418
Mechanical interlock - MIF
1SDC210169F0004
MCCBs
1SDA.....R1
Type
T1-T2-T3
MIF front interlocking plate between 2 circuit-breakers
051396
MIF front interlocking plate between 3 circuit-breakers
052165
Mechanical interlock - MIR
1SDA.....R1
Type
T4-T5
1SDC210373F0004
MIR-HB - frame unit horizontal interlock
054946
MIR-VB - frame unit vertical interlock
054947
MIR-P - plate for interlock type A
054948
MIR-P - plate for interlock type B
054949
MIR-P - plate for interlock type C
054950
MIR-P - plate for interlock type D
054951
MIR-P - plate for interlock type E
054952
MIR-P - plate for interlock type F
054953
Note: To interlock two circuit-breakers you have to order a frame unit interlock and a plate (for type A or B or C or D or E or F) interlock.
Mechanical interlock - MIR
Type
1SDA.....R1
T3
T6
Horizontal interlock
063324
060685
Vertical interlock
063325
060686
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/65
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 65
1-12-2006 16:16:18
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Mechanical interlock with cables between two circuit-breakers
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7M
Cables kit for interlock
062127
Plate for fixed cb
062129
Plate for fixed cb (fixing to floor)
062130
Plate for withdrawable cb
062131
Note: To interlock two circuit-breakers you have to order a cables kit and two plates in function of the version of the circuit-breaker
Sealable lock of thermal adjustment
1SDA.....R1
Type
1SDC210164F0004
T1-T2-T3
TMD release anti-adjustment seal
051397
Transparent protection for buttons
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7M
Transparent protection for buttons
062132
Transparent protection for buttons - independent
062133
IP54 door protection
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7M
IP54 door protection
062161
Residual current releases
SACE RC221, SACE RC222, SACE RC223
1SDC210170F0004
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
RC221/1 for T1
051398
051401
RC222/1 for T1
051400
051402
RC221/2 for T2
051403
051405
RC222/2 for T2
051404
051406
RC221/3 for T3
051407
051409
RC222/3 for T3
051408
051410
1SDC210212F0004
RC222/1 MOD 200 mm for T1
053869
RC222/4 for T4
054954
RC223/4 for T4
054956
RC222/5 for T5
054955
1SDC210214F0004
1SDC210213F0004
Note: The residual current releases for T2 and T3 circuit-breakers are always supplied complete with the FC Cu terminal kit.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/66
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 66
1-12-2006 16:16:20
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
SACE RCQ
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210172F0004
Type
T1...T7-T7M
Relay and closed toroid - diameter 60 mm
037388
Relay and closed toroid - diameter 110 mm
037389
Relay and closed toroid - diameter 185 mm
050542
Relay and toroid which can be opened - diameter 110 mm
037390
Relay and toroid which can be opened - diameter 180 mm
037391
Relay and toroid which can be opened - diameter 230 mm
037392
Relay only
037393
Closed toroid only - diameter 60 mm
037394
Closed toroid only - diameter 110 mm
037395
Closed toroid only - diameter 185 mm
050543
Toroid which can be opened - diameter 110 mm
037396
Toroid which can be opened - diameter 180 mm
037397
Toroid which can be opened - diameter 230 mm
037398
Note: Opening coil and undervoltage coil to be ordered separately.
Installation accessories
Bracket for fixing onto DIN rail
1SDA.....R1
Type
DIN50022 T1-T2
051437
DIN50022 T3
051439
DIN 50022 T1 - T2 for RC221/RC222
051937
DIN 50022 T3 for RC221/RC222
051938
DIN 50022 T1 -T2 for MOS side-by-side
051939
DIN 50022 T1 for RC222 mod. 200 mm
053940
MCCBs
1SDC210173F0004
T1-T2-T3
Connections terminals
High insulating terminal covers - HTC
1SDC210124F0004
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HTC T1
051415
051416
HTC T2
051417
051418
HTC T3
051419
051420
HTC T4
054958
054959
HTC T5
054960
054961
HTC T6
014040
014041
HTC T7-T7M
063091
063092
Protection for high insulating terminal covers - HTC-P
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HTC-P T4
054962
054963
HTC-P T5
054964
054965
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/67
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 67
1-12-2006 16:16:24
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Low insulating terminal covers - LTC
1SDC210123F0004
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
LTC T1
051421
051422
LTC T2
051423
051424
LTC T3
051425
051426
LTC T4
054966
054967
LTC T5
054968
054969
LTC T6
014038
014039
LTC T7-T7M F
063093
063094
LTC T7-T7M W
063095
063096
IP40 front protections for screw terminals - STC
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
STC T1
051431
051432
STC T2
051433
051434
STC T3
051435
051436
Sealable screws for terminal covers
Type
1SDA.....R1
T6-T7-T7M
051504
013699
1SDC210127F0004
Sealable screws
T1-T2-T3-T4-T5
Separating partitions - PB
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210203F0004
Type
T1-T2-T3
T4-T5
T6
T7-T7M
PB100 low (H=100 mm) 4 pieces - 3p
051427
054970
050696
054970
PB100 low (H=100 mm) 6 pieces - 4p
051428
054971
050697
054971
PB200 high (H=200 mm) 4 pieces - 3p
051429
054972
054972
PB200 high (H=200 mm) 6 pieces - 4p
051430
054973
054973
Front extended terminals - EF
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210384F0004
Type
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
EF T1
051442
051443
051440
051441
EF T2
051466
051467
051464
051465
EF T3
051490
051491
051488
051489
EF T4
055000
055001
054998
054999
EF T5
055036
055037
055034
055035
EF T6 630
023379
023389
013920
013921
EF T6 800
023383
023393
013954
013955
EF T7-T7M
063103
063104
063105
063106
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/68
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 68
1-12-2006 16:16:26
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Front terminals for copper-aluminium cables - FC CuAl
1SDA.....R1
Type
1SDC210392F0004
1SDC210391F0004
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
FC CuAl T1 95mm2 external terminal
051446
051447
051444
051445
FC CuAl T2 95mm2
051458
051459
051456
051457
FC CuAl T2 2x95mm2 external terminal
055153
055154
055151
055152
FC CuAl T2 185mm2 external terminal
051462
051463
051460
051461
FC CuAl T3 2x150mm2 external terminal
055157
055158
055155
055156
FC CuAl T3 185mm2
051486
051487
051484
051485
FC CuAl T3 150…240mm2 external terminal
051940
051941
051942
051943
FC CuAl T4 1x50mm2
054984
054985
054982
054983
FC CuAl T4 2x150mm2 external terminal
054992
054993
054990
054991
FC CuAl T4 1x185mm2
054988
054989
054986
054987
FC CuAl T5 400 2x120mm2 external terminal
055028
055029
055026
055027
FC CuAl T5 400 1x240mm2
055020
055021
055018
055019
FC CuAl T5 400 1x300mm2
055024
055025
055022
055023
FC CuAl T5 2x240mm2 external terminal
055032
055033
055030
055031
FC CuAl T6 630 2x240mm2
023380
023390
013922
013923
FC CuAl T6 800 3x185mm2 external terminal
023384
023394
013956
013957
FC CuAl T6 1000 4x150mm2
- external terminal
060687
060688
060689
060690
FC CuAl T7 1250-T7M 1250
4x240mm2 - external terminal
063112
063113
063114
063115
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
F T2 - Plugs with screws
051450
051451
051448
051449
F T3 - Plugs with screws
051478
051479
051476
051477
F T4 - Plugs with screws
054976
054977
054974
054975
F T5 - Plugs with screws
055012
055013
055010
055011
F T6 630-800 - Plugs with screws
060421
060422
060423
060424
F T7-T7M - Plugs with screws
063099
063100
063101
063102
Front terminals - F (1)
1SDA.....R1
(1)
8 pieces
MCCBs
1SDC210387F0004
Type
To be requested as loose kit
Front extended spread terminals - ES
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210385F0004
Type
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
ES T2
051470
051471
051468
8 pieces
051469
ES T3
051494
051495
051492
051493
ES T4
055004
055005
055002
055003
ES T5
055040
055041
055038
055039
050693
050688
050689
063109
063110
063111
ES T6 (1/2 upper kit)
050692
ES T6 (1/2 lower kit)
050704
ES T6
ES T7-T7M (1/2 upper kit)
063107
ES T7-T7M (1/2 lower kit)
063108
ES T7-T7M
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/69
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 69
1-12-2006 16:16:32
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Front terminals for copper cables - FC Cu
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210389F0004
Type
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
FC Cu T2
051454
051455
051452
051453
FC Cu T3
051482
051483
051480
051481
FC Cu T4 1x185mm2
054980
054981
054978
054979
FC Cu T5 1x240mm2
055016
055017
055014
055015
FC Cu T5 2x240mm2
055364
055365
055362
055363
Rear terminals for copper-aluminium cables - RC CuAl
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
RC CuAl T6 630 2x150mm2
023381
023391
013924
013925
RC CuAl T6 800 3x240mm2
023385
023395
013958
013959
Note: For ordering methods, please ask ABB SACE.
Front multi-cable terminals - MC
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210395F0004
Type
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
054996
054997
054994
054995
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
R T2
051474
051475
051472
051473
R T3
051498
051499
051496
051497
R T4
055008
055009
055006
055007
R T5
055044
055045
055042
055043
R T6
060425
060426
060427
060428
R T7
063116
063117
063118
063119
MC CuAl T4 6x35mm2
Rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
1SDC210C50F0001
Type
8 pieces
Rear flat horizontal terminals - HR
1SDA.....R1
Type
HR T7-T7M
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
063120
063121
063122
063123
Rear flat vertical terminals - VR
1SDA.....R1
Type
VR T7-T7M
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
063124
063125
063126
063127
Rear flat horizontal terminals - HR
1SDA.....R1
Type
HR T1
HR RC221/222 T1
3 pieces
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
053865
053866
053867
053868
053987
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/70
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 70
1-12-2006 16:16:36
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Kit for taking up voltage for auxiliares
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 pieces
4 pieces
AuxV T2 FC Cu
051500
051501
AuxV T3 FC Cu
051502
051503
AuxV T4-T5 FC Cu
055046
055047
AuxV T4-T5 F
055048
055049
Note: Only available for fixed version circuit-breaker.
Front display unit - FDU
Type
1SDC210326F0004
FDU display unit with PR222 or PR223
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5
T6
055051
060429
Automatic transfer switch - ATS010
1SDA.....R1
Type
ATS010 for T4, T5, T6, T7 and T7M
052927
Modules for PR33x electronic trip unit
Type
T7M
HMI030 interface on the front of switchgear
063143
063143
PR330/V voltage measuring module
063144
063144
PR330/D-M communication module (Modbus RTU)
063145
063145
PR330/R actuator module
063146
063146
BT030 external wireless communication module
058259
058259
PR030B power supply unit
058258
058258
Internal voltage socket for PR332/P
063573
063573
MCCBs
1SDA.....R1
T7
Dialogue unit PR222DS/PD
1SDA.....R1
Type
T4-T5-T6
LSI
055066
LSIG
055067
Note: To be specified only in addition to the code of the automatic circuit-breaker, with analogous overcurrent release (PR222DS/P). To order the trip
unit separately, see pag 7/32.
Extracode for PR231 interchangeability
1SDA.....R1
Type
T7-T7M
Extracode for PR231 interchangeability
063140
Trip unit adapters for PR33x
Type
1SDA.....R1
T7
Adapters for PR331-PR332
Adapters for PR33x
T7M
063141
063142
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/71
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 71
1-12-2006 16:16:38
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
CT for external neutral
Type
1SDA.....R1
CT for external neutral - T4 320
055055
CT for external neutral - T4 250
055054
CT for external neutral - T4 160
055053
CT for external neutral - T4 100
055052
CT for external neutral - T5 400
055057
CT for external neutral - T5 320
055056
CT for external neutral - T5 630
055058
CT for external neutral - T6 630
060430
CT for external neutral - T6 800
060431
CT for external neutral - T6 1000
060610
Note: Connector X4 is not included and must be ordered separately.
Current sensor for external neutral
Type
Current sensor for external neutral - T7-T7M 400…1600
1SDA.....R1
063159
Note: Connector X4 is not included and must be ordered separately.
Rating plug
Type
1SDA.....R1
T7-T7M
In=400A
063147
In=630A
063148
In=800A
063149
In=1000A
063150
In=1250A
063151
In=1600A
063152
Extracode rating plug
Type
1SDA.....R1
In=400A
063153
In=630A
063154
In=800A
063155
In=1000A
063156
In=1250A
063157
Note: To be specified only in addition to the code of the automatic circuit-breaker.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/72
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 72
1-12-2006 16:16:41
Moulded case circuit-breakers
Tmax - Accessories
Ordering details
Accessories for electronic releases
1SDC210216F0004
Type
1SDA.....R1
T4-T5-T6
X3 Connector for fixed circuit-breaker PR222DS or PR223DS
055059
X3 Connector for plug-in/withdrawable circuit-breaker
055061
X4 Connector for fixed circuit-breaker
055060
X4 Connector for plug-in/withdrawable circuit-breaker
055062
TT1 - Test Unit (1)
037121
PR010/T - Test and configuration unit for PR222DS/P, PR222DS/PD, PR223DS or
PR222MP electronic releases
048964
PR021/K - Signalling unit for PR222DS/PD, PR223DS or PR222MP electronic releases
059146
PR212/CI - Contactor control unit for PR222MP
050708
EP010 - Interface module for PR222/PD
059469
EP010 - Interface module for PR223/DS
063116
VM210 measurement module for PR223DS and PR223EF
059602
IM210 interlock module for PR223EF and PR12x
059603
(1)
Available also for T2.
Spare parts
Flanges for compartment door
1SDA.....R1
Flange for compartment door for T1-T2-T3
051509
Flange for compartment door for MOS or RHD T1-T2-T3
051510
Flange for compartment door T1 with RC221 or RC222 3p
051511
Flange for compartment door T2 with RC221 or RC222 3p
051512
Flange for compartment door T3 with RC221 or RC222 3p
051513
Flange for compartment door T1-T2-T3 with RC221 or RC222 4p
051514
Flange for compartment door for T4-T5 fixed or plug-in
055094
Flange for compartment door for T4-T5 withdrawable
055095
Flange for compartment door for RC222 for T4-T5
055096
Flange for the T6 compartment door
060432
Flange for the withdrawable T6 compartment door
060433
Flange for the fixed T6 compartment door with MOE/MOE-E, RHD and FLD
060434
Flange for compartment door for T7-T7M fixed
063160
Flange for compartment door for T7-T7M withdrawable
063161
Flange for compartment door for T7 fixed with rotary handle
063162
MCCBs
Type
Solenoid operator for residual current device
Type
1SDA.....R1
RC221/RC222 for T1
051506
RC221/RC222 for T2
051507
RC221/RC222 for T3
051508
RC222/RC223 for T4-T5
055097
Single terminal
Type
1SDA.....R1
T7-T7M
Single terminal
062170
Note: To have a complete overview of the spare parts available for the Tmax family of circuit-breakers, please consult the “Spare Parts Catalogue”.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/15
7/73
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 73
1-12-2006 16:16:42
Dimensional details
Tmax T1 and single-pole Tmax T1
Fixed circuit-breaker
1SDC210H02F0001
1SDC210H03F0001
Fixing on DIN EN 50022 rail
1SDC210H01F0001
Fixing on sheet
With inserts
2
Depth of the switchboard in
the case of circuit-breaker
with face extending from the
compartment door, without
flange
3
Bracket for fixing onto rail
4
Bottom terminal covers with
IP40 degree of protection
For front terminals
3 POLES
With inserts
Without inserts
4 POLES
1SDC210H10F0001
Depth of the switchboard in
the case of circuit-breaker
with face not extending from
the compartment door, with
or without flange
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210H09F0001
1
T1 1P (SINGLE-POLE)
1SDC210H08F0001
Caption
1SDC210H07F0001
T1 1P (SINGLE-POLE)
1SDC210H06F0001
1SDC210H05F0001
1SDC210H04F0001
Without inserts
T1 1P (SINGLE-POLE)
7/74
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 74
1-12-2006 16:16:43
Dimensional details
Tmax T1 and single-pole Tmax T1
Terminals
Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl
Front extended - EF
1SDC210H12F0001
1SDC210H11F0001
7
Rear flat horizontal
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
25 25
14
MCCBs
1SDC210H15F0001
1SDC210H14F0001
1.4
92.5
99.5
49.5
42.5
1SDC210H13F0001
60.8
4
25
Caption
1
High terminal covers with IP40
degree of protection (compulsory)
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory in the absence of top terminal covers)
3
Front extended terminals
4
Terminals for CuAl cables
95 mm2
7/75
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 75
1-12-2006 16:16:44
Dimensional details
Tmax T1 and single-pole Tmax T1
Flange for the compartment door
1SDC210H16F0001
Terminals
With flange and
circuit-breaker face flush
with door (3-4 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face flush
with door (3-4 POLES)
or extending (3 POLES)
1SDC210H17F0001
1SDC210H18F0001
1SDC210H17F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
(SINGLE-POLE)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (4 POLES)
Drilling templates for support sheet
3 POLES
1SDC210H20F0001
1SDC210H19F0001
For rear terminals
4 POLES
7/76
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 76
1-12-2006 16:16:45
Dimensional details
Tmax T2
Fixed circuit-breaker
1SDC210H22F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
With flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
Depth of the switchboard
in the case of circuit-breaker with face not extending from the compartment
door, with or without flange
2
Depth of the switchboard
in the case of circuit-breaker
with face extending from the
compartment door, without
flange
3
Bracket for fixing onto rail
4
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (4 POLES)
Drilling templates for support sheet
For front terminals
For rear terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
1SDC210H27F0001
1
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (3 POLES)
1SDC210H26F0001
Caption
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
MCCBs
1SDC210H25F0001
1SDC210H24F0001
Flange for the
compartment door
1SDC210H23F0001
Fixing on DIN EN 50022 rail
1SDC210H21F0001
Fixing on sheet
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/77
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 77
1-12-2006 16:16:46
Dimensional details
Tmax T2
Terminals
Front F
1
Front extended terminals
2
Front terminals for cables
185 mm2 CuAl
3
Insulating base plate (compulsory)
4
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
(compulsory)
5
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210H30F0001
1SDC210H29F0001
1SDC210H28F0001
Caption
Front for copper/aluminium cables
- FC CuAl 95 mm2
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl 185 mm2
1SDC210H32F0001
25
1SDC210H31F0001
6
3 POLES
Caption
1
4 POLES
Front extended spread - ES
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
1SDC210H33F0001
6
18
7/78
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 78
1-12-2006 16:16:46
Dimensional details
Tmax T2
Caption
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory without 1)
9
6
Caption
Rear - R
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210H35F0001
9
MCCBs
1
1SDC210H34F0001
1
Front extended - EF
7/79
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 79
1-12-2006 16:16:47
Dimensional details
Tmax T3
Fixed circuit-breaker
1SDC210H37F0001
1SDC210H38F0001
Fixing on DIN EN 50022 rail
1SDC210H36F0001
Fixing on sheet
Caption
1
Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face
not extending from the compartment door, with or without flange
2
Depth of the switchboard in the case of circuit-breaker with face
extending from the compartment door
Bracket for fixing on rail
4
Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210H40F0001
1SDC210H39F0001
Flange for
compartment door
3
With flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (3 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (4 POLES)
Drilling templates for support sheet
For rear terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
1SDC210H42F0001
1SDC210H41F0001
For front terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/80
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 80
1-12-2006 16:16:47
Dimensional details
Tmax T3
Terminals
1
Front extended terminals
2
Front terminals for cables
240 mm2 CuAl
3
Insulating base plate (compulsory)
4
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
(compulsory)
5
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210H44F0001
Front for copper/aluminium 240 mm2 cables - FC CuAl 240 mm2
8
31
1SDC210H46F0001
Caption
Front for copper/aluminium cables
- FC CuAl 185 mm2
1SDC210H45F0001
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
1SDC210H43F0001
Front - F
1SDC210H47F0001
MCCBs
64
3 POLES
Caption
Front extended spread - ES
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
8
1
4 POLES
1SDC210H48F0001
18
7/81
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 81
1-12-2006 16:16:48
Dimensional details
Tmax T3
Terminals
1
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory without 1)
Front extended - EF
18
8
Caption
Rear - R
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210H50F0001
9
1
1SDC210H49F0001
Caption
7/82
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 82
1-12-2006 16:16:49
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
Fixed circuit-breaker
Fixing on sheet
Caption
2
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted
(only 3Q 1SY)
1SDC210H52F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210H55F0001
1SDC210H54F0001
1SDC210H53F0001
Flange for
compartment door
3-4 POLES
3-4 POLES
With flange
Without flange
MCCBs
Overall dimensions with cabled
accessories mounted (SOR-C,
UVR-C, RC222-223)
1SDC210H51F0001
1
Drilling templates for support sheet
4 POLES
1SDC210H58F0001
1SDC210H56F0001
3 POLES
1SDC210H59F0001
For rear terminals
1SDC210H57F0001
For front terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/83
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 83
1-12-2006 16:16:50
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
Front - F
1SDC210H61F0001
1SDC210H60F0001
Terminals
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl
10 Nm
2
Front terminals for multicable
connection
3
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
30
Caption
Front extended spread - ES
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
= =
1SDC210H69F0001
1SDC210H67F0001
= =
1SDC210H68F0001
1
1SDC210H64F0001
28
1SDC210H66F0001
Front terminals for cable connection 2x150 mm2
Front multicable - MC
1SDC210H65F0001
1
1SDC210H63F0001
1SDC210H62F0001
= =
Caption
7/84
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 84
1-12-2006 16:16:50
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory without 1)
1SDC210H70F0001
1
Front extended - EF
1SDC210H71F0001
Caption
Caption
1SDC210H73F0001
MCCBs
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210H74F0001
1SDC210H72F0001
1
Rear - R
7/85
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 85
1-12-2006 16:16:51
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Fixed circuit-breaker
Fixing on sheet
Caption
2
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted
(only 3Q 1SY)
1SDC210H76F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210H78F0001
1SDC210H77F0001
Flange for
compartment door
1SDC210H79F0001
Overall dimensions with cabled
accessories mounted (SOR-C,
UVR-C, RC222)
1SDC210H75F0001
1
With flange (3-4 POLES)
Without flange (3-4 POLES)
Drilling templates for support sheet
For front terminals
For rear terminals
= =
3 POLES
4 POLES
3 POLES
1SDC210H83F0001
1SDC210H82F0001
1SDC210H80F0001
1SDC210H81F0001
= =
4 POLES
7/86
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 86
1-12-2006 16:16:52
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Terminals
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
Front - F
Caption
Front for copper/aluminium cables
Cu/Al 300 mm2 FC CuAl
Caption
1SDC210H86F0001
26
1SDC210H89F0001
1SDC210H88F0001
54
Front extended spread - ES
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
1SDC210H92F0001
1SDC210H91F0001
1SDC210H90F0001
MCCBs
1
Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 2x240 mm2 - FC CuAl
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210H87F0001
1
1SDC210H85F0001
1SDC210H84F0001
MAX 10 MIN 5
7/87
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 87
1-12-2006 16:16:53
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Terminals
Front extended - EF
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory without 1)
1SDC210H93F0001
1
1SDC210H94F0001
Caption
Caption
1SDC210H96F0001
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210H97F0001
1SDC210H95F0001
1
Rear - R
7/88
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 88
1-12-2006 16:16:53
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Fixed circuit-breaker
Fixing on sheet
210 (3P)
105
70
70
140
= =
5.5
105
2.7
280 (4P)
62.25
1SDC210I02F0001
Without flange 3-4 POLES
MCCBs
With flange 3-4 POLES
142
= =
107
149
= =
1SDC210I03F0001
66.75
1SDC210I01F0001
2
Drilling templates of the compartment door
152
=
138
=
107
159
116
77.75
Flange for the
compartment door
3
1SDC210H99F0001
1SDC210H98F0001
Overall dimensions with
cabled auxiliary contacts
mounted (only 3Q 1SY)
2.7
134
2
Overall dimensions with
cabled accessories
mounted (SOR-C, UVR-C)
115
103.5
268
1
70
61.25
Caption
Drilling templates for support sheet
For front terminals
70
= =
140
35
118.5
5.5 - M5
3 POLES
1SDC210I05F0001
1SDC210I04F0001
237
237
118.5
5.5 - M5
4 POLES
7/89
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 89
1-12-2006 16:16:54
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Fixed circuit-breaker Drilling templates for support sheet
For rear terminals (R) and rear terminals for Cu/Al cables
R 18
630 A (4 POLES)
140
35
70
= =
800 A - 1000 A (3 POLES)
85.75
241.5
1SDC210I09F0001
R 21.5
150.5
118.5
301
237
1SDC210I08F0001
171.5
150.5
5.5 - M5
118.5
301
237
84
238
630 A (3 POLES)
R 21.5
1SDC210I07F0001
301
118.5
150.5
1SDC210I06F0001
168
237
301
237
R 18
5.5 - M5
140
35
5.5 - M5
150.5
70
= =
118.5
5.5 - M5
800 A - 1000 A (4 POLES)
7/90
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 90
1-12-2006 16:16:55
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Front - F
MAX 40
MIN5 MAX10
120.5
18 MIN
MAX 12
23
±0.1
1SDC210I10F0001
22.5
6.5
1SDC210I11F0001
Terminals
Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 2x240 mm2 FC CuAl
70
70
45.7
28
70
1SDC210I13F0001
120.5
21.5
1SDC210I12F0001
134
20.25
630 A
Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 3x185 mm2 FC CuAl
70
70
70
59
20
19
MCCBs
1SDC210I15F0001
120.5
1SDC210I14F0001
134
39
25.5
800 A
Front for copper/aluminium cables Cu/Al 4x150 mm2 FC CuAl
70
70
70
59
26
19
1SDC210I17F0001
120. 5
1SDC210I16F0001
134
39
26
1000 A
7/91
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 91
1-12-2006 16:16:56
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Front extended - EF
Terminals
70
70
70
40
36.5
5
1SDC210I19F0001
167.5
1SDC210I18F0001
134
48.5
11
630 A
70
70
70
50
33.5
8
1SDC210I21F0001
162.5
1SDC210I20F0001
134
48.5
14
800 A
Front extended spread - ES
45
90
116
116
88
116
88
45
45
45
90
88
45
23
116
116
88
23
45
90
50
13
13
8
4 POLES
1SDC210I24F0001
1SDC210I23F0001
134
1SDC210I22F0001
134
230.5
116.5
116.5
1
3 POLES
Caption
1
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
7/92
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 92
1-12-2006 16:16:57
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Rear for copper cables Cu/Al - RC CuAl
23.1
1SDC210I26F0001
1SDC210I25F0001
147
28
134
21.5
48.1
70
120.5
70
39.5
70
630 A
48.1
70
1SDC210I28F0001
1SDC210I27F0001
134
147
41
17.5
23.1
137.5
120.5
70
39.5
70
800 A
Rear - R
280 (4P)
8
70
70
70
33
1SDC210I29F0001
73
53
1SDC210I30F0001
120.5
14
1SDC210I31F0001
53
MCCBs
210 (3P)
3-4 POLES
1
53
70
8
73
1SDC210I32F0001
1SDC210I33F0001
14
Low terminal covers with degree of protection IP40
120.5
1
70
33
70
Caption
3-4 POLES
7/93
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 93
1-12-2006 16:16:58
Dimensional details
Tmax T7
Fixed circuit-breaker
Front terminal – F
Caption
1
Front terminals for flat connection
2
Busbars
3
Flange for the compartment
door
4
Flange fixing screws
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque: 18 Nm
8
Key lock (optional)
9
Padlock (optional)
1SDC210L42F0001
10 Tightening torque: 2 Nm
11 Sheet drilling for compartment
door with flange
12 Sheet drilling for compartment
door for front 206 x 204
4 poles
3 poles
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
14 Reduce flange for the compartment door (optional)
A
With flange
Without flange
125...141
147
15 Sheet drilling for compartment
door with reduced flange
1SDC210L58F0001
16 Sheet drilling for compartment
door for front 190 x 105
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
Drilling templates of the
compartment door
C
III
IV
70
140
HOLES
1SDC210L43F0001
1SDC210L58F0001
1SDC210L58F0001
Drilling templates for
support sheet
7/94
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 94
1-12-2006 16:17:00
Dimensional details
Tmax T7
Terminals
Rear terminals
Caption
1
Rear horizontal terminals
2
Rear vertical terminals
6
Support sheet drilling template
7
Tightening torque: 18 Nm
1SDC210L52F0001
1SDC210L59F0001
Drilling templates for
support sheet
III
IV
70
140
C
192.5
262.5
MCCBs
B
7/95
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 95
1-12-2006 16:17:01
Dimensional details
Tmax T7
Rear horizontal terminals
1SDC210L60F0001
Terminals
Drilling templates for support sheet
1
Rear horizontal terminals
2
Rear vertical terminals
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque: 18 Nm
1SDC210L60F0001
Caption
III
IV
B
70
140
C
192.5
262.5
7/96
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 96
1-12-2006 16:17:02
Dimensional details
Tmax T7
Extended front terminals EF - Spreaded extended front terminals ES
Caption
Extended front terminals EF
2
Extended front spread terminals
ES
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque: 18 Nm
1SDC210L61F0001
1
Caption
Front terminals for cables
FC CuAl
2
Tightening torque: 43 Nm
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque: 18 Nm
III
IV
70
140
Front FC CuAl cable terminal
1SDC210L62F0001
1
C
MCCBs
1SDC210L58F0001
Drilling templates for
support sheet
7/97
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 97
1-12-2006 16:17:02
Dimensional details
Tmax T7M
Fixed circuit-breaker
Front terminal
4 poles
3 poles
Caption
1
Front terminal for flat connection
2
Busbars
3
Flange for the compartment
door
4
Flange fixing screws
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque: 18 Nm
8
Key lock (optional)
9
Padlock (optional)
10 Tightening torque: 2 Nm
1SDC210L46F0001
11 Compartment door with flange
sheet drilling
12 Compartment door without
flange sheet drilling
1SDC210L63F0001
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
B
A
Drilling templates for
support sheet
Without flange
125...164
170
Standard
Ronis
Profalux
Kirk
Castell
208
216
224
no
no
C
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
With flange
III
IV
70
140
Drilling templates of the
compartment door
1SDC210L47F0001
1SDC210L63F0001
1SDC210L63F0001
HOLES
7/98
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 98
1-12-2006 16:17:03
Dimensional details
Tmax T2
Fixing on sheet
Plug-in
circuit-breaker
Depth of the switchboard in
the case of circuit-breaker
with face not extending
from the compartment
door, with or without flange
2
Depth of the switchboard in
the case of circuit-breaker
with face extending from
the compartment door,
without flange
3
Fixed part
4
Moving part with terminal
covers, degree of protection IP40
Drilling templates of the compartment door
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
With flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (3 POLES)
MCCBs
1SDC210I36F0001
1SDC210I37F0001
Flange for
compartment door
1SDC210I35F0001
1
1SDC210I34F0001
Caption
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (4 POLES)
Drilling templates for support sheet
For rear terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
1SDC210I39F0001
1SDC210I38F0001
For front terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/99
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 99
1-12-2006 16:17:04
Dimensional details
Tmax T2
Terminals
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
Caption
Front for copper/aluminium 185 mm2 cables - FC CuAl 185 mm2
1
Front extended terminals
2
Front terminals for cables
185 mm2 CuAl
3
Insulating base plate (compulsory)
4
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
5
Drilling templates for support sheet
Front for copper/aluminium cables FC CuAl 95 mm2
1SDC210I42F0001
1SDC210I41F0001
1SDC210I40F0001
Front - F
1
1SDC210I43F0001
6
1SDC210I44F0001
25
3 POLES
Caption
Front extended spread - ES
1SDC210I45F0001
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
6
1
4 POLES
7/100
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 100
1-12-2006 16:17:05
Dimensional details
Tmax T2
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory without 1)
6
1
Front extended - EF
Caption
Rear - R
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210I47F0001
MCCBs
1
1SDC210I46F0001
Caption
7/101
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 101
1-12-2006 16:17:06
Dimensional details
Tmax T3
Fixing on sheet
Plug-in
circuit-breaker
Depth of the switchboard in
the case of circuit-breaker
with face not extending
from the compartment
door, with or without flange
2
Depth of the switchboard in
the case of circuit-breaker
with face extending from
the compartment door,
without flange
3
Fixed part
4
Moving part with terminal
covers, degree of protection IP40
1SDC210I49F0001
1
1SDC210I48F0001
Caption
1SDC210I51F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210I50F0001
Flange for
compartment door
With flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
flush with door
(3-4 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (3 POLES)
Without flange and
circuit-breaker face
extending (4 POLES)
Drilling templates for support sheet
For rear terminals
3 POLES
1SDC210I53F0001
1SDC210I52F0001
For front terminals
4 POLES
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/102
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 102
1-12-2006 16:17:06
Dimensional details
Tmax T3
Terminals
Front - F
1
Front extended terminals
2
Front terminals for cables
240 mm2 CuAl
3
Insulating base plate (compulsory)
4
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
5
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210I56F0001
1SDC210I55F0001
1SDC210I54F0001
Caption
Front for copper/aluminium cables FC CuAl 185 mm2
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
Front for copper/aluminium 240 mm2 cables - FC CuAl 240 mm2
1SDC210I57F0001
1
8
1SDC210I58F0001
MCCBs
31
3 POLES
Caption
Front extended spread - ES
8
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
1SDC210I59F0001
1
4 POLES
7/103
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 103
1-12-2006 16:17:07
Dimensional details
Tmax T3
Terminals
Front extended - EF
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
2
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory without 1)
8
1
Caption
Rear - R
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210I61F0001
1
1SDC210I60F0001
Caption
7/104
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 104
1-12-2006 16:17:08
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
Fixing on sheet
Plug-in
circuit-breaker
Moving part with terminal
covers, degree of protection
IP40
3
Overall dimensions with cabled
accessories mounted (SOR-C,
UVR-C, RC222-223)
4
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted
(only 3Q 1SY)
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210I65F0001
1SDC210I64F0001
Flange for
compartment door
With flange
Without flange
MCCBs
2
1SDC210I66F0001
Fixed part
1SDC210I63F0001
1
1SDC210I62F0001
Caption
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210I68F0001
1SDC210I69F0001
3 POLES
1SDC210I70F0001
For rear terminals
1SDC210I67F0001
For front terminals
4 POLES
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/105
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 105
1-12-2006 16:17:09
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
Front - EF
Caption
Front for copper cables - FC Cu or for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl
For Cu cables
2
For Cu Al cables
3
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210I73F0001
1
1SDC210I74F0001
1SDC210I71F0001
1SDC210I72F0001
Terminals
7/106
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 106
1-12-2006 16:17:09
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
1SDC210I75F0001
1SDC210I76F0001
Rear flat vertical - VR
1SDC210I77F0001
18
3-4 POLES
1SDC210I80F0001
18
1SDC210I79F0001
1SDC210I78F0001
MCCBs
Rear flat horizontal - HR
3-4 POLES
7/107
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 107
1-12-2006 16:17:10
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Plug-in
circuit-breaker
400 A
1SDC210I84F0001
1SDC210I83F0001
1SDC210I82F0001
1SDC210I81F0001
Fixing on sheet
630 A
Caption
1
Fixed part
2
Moving part with terminal covers, degree of protection IP40
3
4
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted (only
3Q 1SY)
1SDC210I86F0001
1SDC210I87F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210I85F0001
Flange for
compartment door
Overall dimensions with cabled
accessories mounted (SOR-C,
UVR-C, RC221-222)
With flange
Without flange
Drilling templates for support sheet
For front terminals 630 A
For rear terminals 400 A - 630 A
4 POLES
1SDC210I90F0001
3 POLES
1SDC210I91F0001
1SDC210I88F0001
1SDC210I89F0001
For front terminals 400 A
3 POLES
4 POLES
A
B
C
D
E
Rear 400 A
32.5
128.5
143
172.5
64.5
Front and rear 630 A
61.8
139
142
185.5
69.5
7/108
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 108
1-12-2006 16:17:10
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Caption
Front for cables Cu and Cu/Al - FC Cu - FC Cu/Al
Front terminals for cables Cu
2
Front terminals for cables
Cu/Al
3
High terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
Front extended spread 630 A - ES
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
1SDC210J01F0001
1SDC210I99F0001
1SDC210I98F0001
28 Nm
1
MCCBs
Caption
1SDC210I97F0001
1SDC210I96F0001
1
1SDC210I94F0001
1SDC210I92F0001
1SDC210I93F0001
Front 400 A - EF
1SDC210I95F0001
Front 630 A - F
Terminals
7/109
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 109
1-12-2006 16:17:11
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Terminals
1SDC210J07F0001
18
1SDC210J06F0001
1SDC210J05F0001
1SDC210J04F0001
18
1SDC210J03F0001
Rear vertical 400 A - VR
1SDC210J02F0001
Rear flat horizontal 400 A - HR
Rear flat horizontal 630 A - HR
Rear vertical 630 A - VR
84
104
1SDC210J13F0001
1SDC210J12F0001
64
1SDC210J14F0001
1SDC210J10F0001
1SDC210J08F0001
1SDC210J09F0001
1SDC210J11F0001
44
7/110
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 110
1-12-2006 16:17:12
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
Fixing on sheet
Withdrawable
circuit-breaker
1SDC210J17F0001
isolating distance
2
Moving part
3
Lock for compartment door
(available on request)
4
Overall dimensions with cabled
accessories mounted (SOR-C,
UVR-C, RC222-223)
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210J19F0001
1SDC210J18F0001
Flange for compartment
door
MCCBs
Fixed part
1SDC210J15F0001
1
1SDC210J16F0001
Caption
Drilling templates for support sheet
For rear terminals
4 POLES
3 POLES
1SDC210J23F0001
3 POLES
1SDC210J22F0001
1SDC210J20F0001
1SDC210J21F0001
For front terminals
4 POLES
7/111
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 111
1-12-2006 16:17:13
Dimensional details
Tmax T4
Terminals
Front for copper cables - FC Cu
Front for copper/aluminium cables - FC CuAl
1SDC210J29F0001
1SDC210J28F0001
1SDC210J27F0001
Front extended spread - ES
Caption
1
1SDC210J26F0001
1SDC210J25F0001
1SDC210J24F0001
10.5
Front - EF
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
==
==
1SDC210J38F0001
1SDC210J36F0001
1SDC210J37F0001
1SDC210J34F0001
1SDC210J35F0001
Rear flat vertical - VR
1SDC210J33F0001
Rear flat horizontal - HR
1SDC210J32F0001
1SDC210J31F0001
1SDC210J30F0001
18 Nm
3-4 POLES
3-4 POLES
7/112
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 112
1-12-2006 16:17:15
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Withdrawable
circuit-breaker
1SDC210J39F0001
1SDC210J42F0001
Fixing on sheet
isolating distance
400 A
630 A
3
Lock for compartment door
(available on request)
4
Overall dimensions with cabled
accessories mounted (SOR-C,
UVR-C, RC222)
For front terminals 630 A
For rear terminals 400 A - 630 A
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210J47F0001
1SDC210J48F0001
For front terminals 400 A
3 POLES
MCCBs
Moving part with terminal
covers, degree of protection
IP40
4 POLES
1SDC210J50F0001
2
1SDC210J46F0001
Fixed part
1SDC210J49F0001
1
Drilling templates of the compartment door
1SDC210J45F0001
Flange for compartment
door
Caption
1SDC210J44F0001
1SDC210J43F0001
1SDC210J41F0001
1SDC210J40F0001
isolating distance
3 POLES
4 POLES
A
B
C
D
E
Rear 400 A
32.5
128.5
143
172.5
64.5
Front and rear 630 A
61.8
139
142
185.5
69.5
7/113
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 113
1-12-2006 16:17:16
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
Front 630 A - EF
Front 400 A - EF
Caption
Front for cables Cu and Cu/Al 400 A - FC Cu - FC Cu/Al
2
Front terminals for copper/
aluminium cables
3
Terminals with degree of
protection IP40
Caption
Front extended spread 400 A - ES
1SDC210J59F0001
Front extended spread 630 A - ES
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
1SDC210J62F0001
1SDC210J61F0001
1SDC210J60F0001
28 Nm
1
1SDC210J58F0001
98.5
1SDC210J57F0001
Caption
98.5
Insulating barriers between
phases (compulsory)
28 Nm
1
1SDC210J56F0001
Front terminals for copper
cables
1SDC210J55F0001
1
1SDC210J54F0001
1SDC210J52F0001
1SDC210J53F0001
1SDC210J51F0001
Terminals
7/114
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 114
1-12-2006 16:17:17
Dimensional details
Tmax T5
1SDC210J68F0001
1SDC210J67F0001
25
1SDC210J64F0001
1SDC210J65F0001
5
1SDC210J66F0001
Rear flat vertical 400 A - VR
1SDC210J63F0001
Rear flat horizontal 400 A - HR
Rear flat horizontal 630 A - HR
Rear flat vertical 630 A - VR
1SDC210J74F0001
1SDC210J75F0001
Top view
1SDC210J73F0001
1SDC210J70F0001
1SDC210J72F0001
1SDC210J71F0001
1SDC210J69F0001
MCCBs
“A”
7/115
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 115
1-12-2006 16:17:18
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Fixing on sheet
280 (4P)
210 (3P)
4
isolating
27.5 corsa
di distance
sezionamento
3
70
70
70
≤2
167
190.5
196
35.5
Flange for compartment
door
4
123.5
1SDC210J77F0001
Overall dimensions with
cabled accessories mounted
(SOR-C, UVR-C)
77
4
144.75
Lock for compartment (available on request)
273
3
295
Moving part
1SDC210J76F0001
2
145
208
Fixed part
5
1
140
84.5
Caption
1SDC210J78F0001
Withdrawable
circuit-breaker
136.5
193.5
Drilling templates of the compartment door
43
14
96.5
18
1SDC210J80F0001
148.5
= =
32
18.5
150
89.5
1SDC210J79F0001
100.25
173
210
75.25
122
R min. 200
Drilling templates for support sheet
210
70
140
R2
8.5 - M8
107
284
3 POLES
1SDC210J82F0001
144
77.5
214
120
120
8.5 - M8
1SDC210J81F0001
144
77.5
77.5
77.5
R2
4 POLES
7/116
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 116
1-12-2006 16:17:20
Dimensional details
Tmax T6
Front extended - EF
70
70
70
3
20
40
14
1SDC210J84F0001
1SDC210J83F0001
31
10
172.5
Terminals
Rear flat horizontal - HR
80.5
3
70
1SDC210J87F0001
14
1SDC210J86F0001
1SDC210J85F0001
70
40
20
10
70
3-4 POLES
Rear flat vertical - VR
MCCBs
80.5
3
20
70
70
70
1SDC210J90F0001
1SDC210J89F0001
14
1SDC210J88F0001
40
10
3-4 POLES
7/117
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 117
1-12-2006 16:17:21
Dimensional details
Tmax T7
Withdrawable circuit-breaker
Fixing on sheet
4 poles
3 poles
Isolating distance
Rear flat vertical – VR
Caption
Drilling templates of the compartment
door
1
Compartment door with flange
sheet drilling
2
Rear segregation for rear terminals
4
Flange fixing screws
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque: 9 Nm
8
Front terminals
9
Rear horizontal terminals
10 Rear vertical terminals
Rear flat horizontal – HR
11 Rear segregation for front
terminals
12 Flange for compartment door
13 Auxiliary contact terminal
Drilling templates for support sheet
D
III
IV
A
160
230
B
206
276
C
219
289
Standard
Ronis
Profalux
Kirk
Castell
287
291
299
298
328
7/118
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 118
1-12-2006 16:17:22
Dimensional details
Tmax T7M
Withdrawable circuit-breaker
Front extended – EF
4 poles
3 poles
Isolating distance
Caption
Drilling templates of the compartment
door
1
Compartment door steel sheet
drilling for flange
2
Rear segregation for rear terminals
3
Flange for the compartment
door
4
Flange fixing screws
7
Key lock (optional)
8
Padlock (optional)
9
Tightening torque: 9 Nm
MCCBs
Rear flat vertical – VR
10 Front terminal
Rear flat horizontal – HR
11 Rear horizontal terminal
12 Rear vertical terminal
13 Rear segregation for front
terminals
14 Flange for compartment door
Drilling templates for
support sheet
15 Auxiliary contact terminal
III
IV
A
160
230
B
206
276
C
219
289
Standard
Ronis
Profalux
Kirk
Castell
D
290
298
306
NO
NO
E
287
291
299
298
328
7/119
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 119
1-12-2006 16:17:27
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release
Tmax T1 with RC222 for 200 mm module
Fixed version
Front terminals - F
Caption
76.2
3
25
25
45
104
155.5
Terminal covers with degree of
protection IP40
17
24.5
3
1.1 Nm
25
7 Nm
70
168.2
Drilling templates of the compartment door
For A = 71 - without flange
Drilling templates for
support sheet
39.1
87.5
18
116.1
1SDC210J91F0001
Depth of the switchboard
with circuit-breaker face
flush with door
11.5
2
102
38.1
52
Depth of the switchboard with
circuit-breaker face extending
153.2
101.2
65
1
Fixing on sheet
116.1
78.2
47
18
54
1SDC210J92F0001
For A = 79 - without flange
53.5
107
47
25 25
7/120
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 120
1-12-2006 16:17:29
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release
Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Fixed version
T1
Fixing on sheet
Front - F
Rear flat horizontal - HR
102
184.8
45
17
60.8
4
83
1SDC210J93F0001
1SDC210J94F0001
70
1SDC210J95F0001
MCCBs
T2
T3
1
Depth of the switchboard
with circuit-breaker face
extending
2
Depth of the switchboard
with circuit-breaker face
flush with door
3
Front terminals for cable
connection
4
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
1SDC210J96F0001
Caption
7/121
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 121
1-12-2006 16:17:29
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release
Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Fixed version
Flange for the compartment door
T1
T2
T3
3 POLES
1SDC210J97F0001
4 POLES
Drilling template for fixing sheet
T1 - T2 - T3
T1 rear flat horizontal - HR
3 POLES
4 POLES
4 POLES
36.75
98.5
A
B
C
D
E
F
T1
124
107
53.5
78.1
25
53.1
T2
124
107
53.5
90
30
60
T3
141.5
122
61
102.5
35
67.5
1SDC210J98 F0001
133
124
25 25 25
1SDC210J97F0001
107
53.5
78.1
25 25
7/122
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 122
1-12-2006 16:17:30
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC221/222 residual current release
Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Drilling templates of the compartment door
Without flange
face extending
Without flange
face not extending
With flange
face not extending
T1
T1 - T2 - T3
3 POLES
T1 - T2 - T3
T2 - T3
4 POLES
T1 - T2 - T3
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
T1
18
108.2
94.1
–
23.5
113
78.1
39.1
T2
18
122
106
76
23.5
120
90
46
T3
13.5
137
118.5
83.5
19
127.4
102.5
53.5
MCCBs
T1 - T2 - T3
1SDC210J99F0001
T1 - T2 - T3
7/123
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 123
1-12-2006 16:17:31
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC222 residual current release
Tmax T4 - T5
Fixed version
Front - F, fixing on sheet
1SDC210K04F0001
1SDC210K01F0001
1SDC210K02F0001
1SDC210K03F0001
T5 (400 A)(1)
T4
Caption
Flange for the
compartment door
Drilling templates of compartment door
and fitting flange
For residual current
release
With flange
1SDC210K08F0001
For circuit-breakers
1SDC210K07F0001
For T5 (630 A) ask ABB SACE
1SDC210K05F0001
(1)
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted
(only 3Q 1SY)
1SDC210K06F0001
1
Without flange
7/124
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 124
1-12-2006 16:17:32
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC222 residual current release
Tmax T4 - T5
Drilling templates for support sheet
T4
MCCBs
1SDC210K12F0001
1SDC210K11F0001
1SDC210K10F0001
1SDC210K09F0001
T5
7/125
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 125
1-12-2006 16:17:33
Dimensional details
Circuit-breaker with RC222 residual current release
Tmax T4 - T5
Front - F, fixing on sheet
Plug-in version
1SDC210K15F0001
1SDC210K14F0001
1SDC210K13F0001
52.5
1SDC210K16F0001
T5 (400 A)(1)
T4
Caption
Fixed part
2
Mobile part
3
Overall dimensions with cabled auxiliary contacts mounted (only 3Q 1SY)
For T5 (630 A) ask ABB SACE
For residual current
release
With flange
1SDC210K20F0001
For circuit-breakers
Drilling templates of compartment
door and fitting flange
1SDC210K18F0001
1SDC210K17F0001
Flange for the compartment door
1SDC210K19F0001
(1)
1
Without flange
Drilling templates for support sheet
T4
1SDC210K22F0001
1SDC210K21F0001
T5
7/126
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 126
1-12-2006 16:17:34
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Solenoid operator superimposed
Fixed version
1SDC210K25F0001
1SDC210K24F0001
T2
1SDC210K23F0001
T1
Depth of the switchboard
with operating mechanism
face extending
2
Depth of the switchboard
with operating mechanism
face flush with door
3
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
Drilling templates of the compartment door
A
B
C
T1
33.5
18
23.5
T2
33.5
18
23.5
T3
29
13.5
19
1SDC210K29F0001
1SDC210K28F0001
Flange for compartment door
1SDC210K27F0001
1SDC210K26F0001
1
MCCBs
T3
Caption
Without flange
Operating mechanism face
extending
Without flange
Operating mechanism face
flush with door
With flange
Operating mechanism face
flush with door
7/127
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 127
1-12-2006 16:17:35
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Fixed version
Solenoid operator side by side
Caption
2
Circuit-breaker face flush
with door
3
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
T1
Drilling templates for fixing sheet
1SDC210K31F0001
Circuit-breaker face
extending
1SDC210K30F0001
1
1SDC210K33F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment
door
3P
4P
A
B
79
161.3
71
161.3
79
161.3
71
186.3
1SDC210K32F0001
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/128
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 128
1-12-2006 16:17:36
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Caption
Solenoid operator side by side
1
Circuit-breaker face
extending
2
Circuit-breaker face flush
with door
3
Low terminal covers with
degree of protection IP40
Drilling templates for fixing sheet
1SDC210K35F0001
1SDC210K34F0001
T2
MCCBs
1SDC210K37F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment
door
3P
4P
A
B
79
161.3
71
161.3
79
161.3
71
198.2
1SDC210K36F0001
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/129
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 129
1-12-2006 16:17:36
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
1SDC210K38F0001
Heights for door with maximum distance
178 with IP54
Transmission unit
2
Rotary handle operating
mechanism on the compartment door
A
T1-T2
T3
B
28
14
32.5
9.5
Heights for door with minimum distance
1SDC210K41F0001
1
Drilling template of the compartment
door
1SDC210K40F0001
Caption
1SDC210K39F0001
Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door
Fixed version
Minimum rotation radius for
door fulcrum
Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker
Caption
Rotary handle operating
mechanism on circuitbreaker
B
C
D
T1-T2
67.7
28
53.2
60.5
T3
63.2
32.5
48.7
56
1SDC210K43F0001
A
1SDC210K42F0001
1
Drilling template of the compartment
door
Flange for the compartment door
1SDC210K46F0001
1SDC210K45F0001
1SDC210K44F0001
Drilling: see Det. A
7/130
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 130
1-12-2006 16:17:37
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Mechanical interlock between circuit-breakers
Front interlocking plate between two circuit-breakers
305
110.5
3
152.5
152.5
92
100
65
81 MIN.
1SDC210K47F0001
45
60
17
97
110
25
8
25
Caption
B
26
1SDC210K49F0001
E
97
E
62
Drilling templates for support sheet
153.5
1SDC210K48F0001
2
307
153.5
F
Drilling templates of the
compartment door
D
F
1
C
A
Front interlocking plate between three circuit-breakers
470
152.5
3
152.5
165
65
100
65
110.5
92
81 MIN.
1SDC210K50F0001
60
97
110
25
45 8
17
MCCBs
25
B
C
D
E
T1
52.5
77.5
112.5
87.5
53.5
53.5
T2
50
80
115
85
53.5
53.5
T3
47.5
82.5
117.5
82.5
56.5
65.5
62
E
B
1SDC210K51F0001
F
E
E
A
A
26
D
F
97
F
472
C
153.5
165
153.5
1SDC210K52F0001
165
C
D
B
A
F
7/131
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 131
1-12-2006 16:17:38
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T1 - T2 - T3
Caption
Interlocking mechanism
2
Circuit-breakers coupling
plate
440
= =
400
= =
Z
=
400
= =
68,5
= =
Z
165
=
165
n
7
=
1
Mechanical rear horizontal interlock between two T3 circuit-breakers
=
2
K
30
K
K
=
=
88
K
300
= =
330
= =
300
= =
R
88
Drilling template for all terminal versions
56
= =
3
Z
Z
3
1
65
Z
Z
Caption
1
Interlocking mechanism
2
Circuit-breakers coupling
plate
3
Drilling template for all terminal versions
Mechanical rear vertical interlock between two T3 circuit-breakers
228
==
190
==
Z
=
65
n
190
==
165
Z
7
25
=
=
=
2
30
K
K
K
3
K
K
540
==
K
28
==
590
==
540
==
88
56
88
R
=
=
88
56
88
1
Z
Z
The mechanical rear vertical interlock for Tmax T3 is not compatible with the RC221 and RC222 residual
current releases.
7/132
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 132
1-12-2006 16:17:39
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door
Fixed version
Rotary handle assembly with
door lock device
3
Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to
be provided by the user)
4
IP54 protection (supplied on
request)
5
Min…max distance from the
front of the door without accessory 4
6
Min…max distance from the
front of the door with accessory 4
7
Dimension with AUE connector
(early making contact)
1SDC210K54F0001
2
Drilling of compartment door
Minimum rotation radius for door
1SDC210K56F0001
Transmission unit
1SDC210K55F0001
1
1SDC210K53F0001
Caption
fulcrum
Caption
Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker
Dimension with AUE connector
(early making contact)
4
Compartment door lock
1SDC210K57F0001
3
Det. “A”
Without flange
Flange for the
compartment door
1SDC210K61F0001
1SDC210K60F0001
Drilling template of the compartment door
With flange
MCCBs
Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to
be provided by the user)
1SDC210K62F0001
2
1SDC210K58F0001
Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker
1SDC210K59F0001
Det. “A”
1
7/133
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 133
1-12-2006 16:17:40
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
T5
Drilling template of the compartment door
1SDC210K67F0001
1SDC210K66F0001
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
1SDC210K65F0001
T4
1SDC210K68F0001
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted
(only 3Q 1SY)
1SDC210K63F0001
1
Motor operator
1SDC210K64F0001
Caption
With flange
Without flange
Drilling template for support sheet
4 POLES
3 POLES
1SDC210K72F0001
1SDC210K69F0001
3 POLES
1SDC210K71F0001
T5
1SDC210K70F0001
T4
4 POLES
7/134
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 134
1-12-2006 16:17:41
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
Fixed version
Front for lever operating mechanism
Caption
T4
Lock for the compartment
door (supplied on request)
Det. “A”
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
1SDC210K75F0001
2
1SDC210K74F0001
Front for lever operating mechanism
1SDC210K73F0001
1
T5
Drilling template for the compartment door
Drilling for detail “A”
min
min
Without flange
MCCBs
With flange
1SDC210K78F0001
1SDC210K77F0001
1SDC210K76F0001
1SDC210K79F0001
Det. “A”
B
C
T4
35
70
17.5
T5
46.5
93
23.25
1SDC210K80F0001
A
1SDC210K81F0001
Drilling template for support sheet
3 POLES
4 POLES
7/135
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 135
1-12-2006 16:17:42
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
Caption
Interlocking mechanism
2
Circuit-breaker coupling plate
1SDC210K83F0001
1SDC210K82F0001
1
Interlock between two circuit-breakers placed side by side
Caption
Drilling template for all versions
with rear terminals
1SDC210K84F0001
1
Drilling templates for fixing the circuit-breaker on the support sheet
7/136
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 136
1-12-2006 16:17:43
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
1SDC210K86F0001
1SDC210K87F0001
Interlock between two circuit-breakers placed side by side
1SDC210K85F0001
B
C
1SDC210K89F0001
1SDC210K88F0001
E
D
Type
F
Circuit-breakers
A
N° 1 T4 (F-P-W)
N° 1 T4 (F-P-W)
B
N° 1 T4 (F-P-W)
N° 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F)
C
N° 1 T4 (F-P-W)
N° 1 T5 630 (P-W)
D
N° 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F)
N° 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F)
E
N° 1 T5 400 (F-P-W) or T5 630 (F)
N° 1 T5 630 (P-W)
F
N° 1 T5 630 (P-W)
N° 1 T5 630 (P-W)
MCCBs
A
1SDC210K90F0001
Fixed version
Note:
(F) Fixed circuit-breaker
(P) Plug-in circuit-breaker
(W) Withdrawable circuit-breaker
7/137
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 137
1-12-2006 16:17:43
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
Motor operator
T4
T5 (400 A)
1SDC210K93F0001
1SDC210K91F0001
1SDC210K92F0001
2 Nm
isolating distance
2 Nm
1.2 Nm
Withdrawable
version
T5 (630 A)
121.8
101.3
75.2
46.5 46.5 46.5
272
2
5 25
46.5
27.5 isolating distance
89
125
105
283
n 10
17.5
69.75
Drilling templates for the compartment
door and fitting flange
1SDC210K96F0001
1SDC210K95F0001
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
1SDC210K94F0001
313
2 Nm
3
2 Nm
250
156.5
12
166
n 5.5
105
59.5
1.1 Nm
7/138
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 138
1-12-2006 16:17:44
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T4 - T5
Withdrawable
version
Rotary handle operating mechanism on the circuit-breakers
isolating distance
1
Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to
be provided by the user)
2
Lock for compartment door
3
Dimension with AUE connector
(early making contact)
1SDC210K97F0001
Caption
Det. “A”
1SDC210K98F0001
1SDC210K99F0001
3
Flange for the
compartment door
24.5
Drilling template for compartment
door and fitting flange
MCCBs
1SDC210L02F0001
1SDC210L01F0001
Drilling for detail “A”
7/139
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 139
1-12-2006 16:17:45
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T6
Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door
Fixed version
110.. 500
5.5
Caption
103.5
5.5
85..500
25
Rotary handle assembly with
door lock device
3
Padlock device for open
position (maximum 3
padlocks to be provided
by the user)
4
5
5.5
2.7
IP54 protection (supplied
on request)
2.7
Min…max distance from the
front of the door without accessory 4
1SDC210L04F0001
2
1SDC210L03F0001
Transmission unit
42.5
82
105.5
25
1
2
2
3
41.5
Drilling of compartment door
R 31.5
42.5
5
32
105
R 200 min.
41.5
1SDC210L06F0001
45
50
1SDC210L05F0001
Dimension with AUE connector
(early making contact)
50
7
Min…max distance from the
front of the door with accessory 4
83
6
Minimum rotation
radius for door
fulcrum
Caption
Det. “A”
33
Compartment door lock
2
≥3
140.5
≤2
2.7
2.7
41.5
Drilling template of the compartment door
R min. 200
With flange
152
173
100.25
142
85.5
1SDC210L10F0001
151
90
148.5
14
96.5
43
142
R min. 200
1SDC210L11F0001
14
96.5
43
Flange for the
compartment door
1SDC210L12F0001
4
5.5
1SDC210L08F0001
Dimension with AUE connector
(early making contact)
5.5
1SDC210L09F0001
Padlock device for open position (maximum 3 padlocks to
be provided by the user)
3
140
5.5
4
190
146.5
103.5
42.5
84.5
140
2
R o t a r y h a n d l e o p e r a ting mechanism on circuitbreaker
1SDC210L07F0001
1
Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breaker
Without flange
7/140
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 140
1-12-2006 16:17:46
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T6
Motor operator
Fixed version
Caption
191.5
5.5
Overall dimensions with cabled
auxiliary contacts mounted
(only 3Q 1SY)
1SDC210L13F0001
5.5
142
= =
148,5
= =
142
71.25
R min. 200
1SDC210L16F0001
151
75,75
1SDC210L15F0001
2
Drilling template of the compartment door
152
= =
173
86.5
222
233
R min. 200
Without flange
MCCBs
With flange
1SDC210L17F0001
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
3
1SDC210L14F0001
14 0
70
1
140
= =
5.5
Drilling template for support sheet
70
5.5 -M5
140
35
3 POLES
1SDC210L19F0001
1SDC210L18F0001
237
237
118.5
118.5
5.5 -M5
4 POLES
7/141
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 141
1-12-2006 16:17:47
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T6
Caption
1
Front for lever operating mechanism
Front for lever operating mechanism
158
146.5
103.5
140
2.7
=
2.7
=
17
Det. “A”
Lock for the compartment
door
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
3
140.5
1SDC210L21F0001
1SDC210L20F0001
140
84.5
2
2
Drilling template for the compartment door
Drilling of details “A”
43
43
14
Det. “A”
14
148.5
R min. 200
142
R min. 200
1SDC210L25F0001
1SDC210L24F0001
96.5
142
85.5
1SDC210L23F0001
151
90
96.5
=
1SDC210L22F0001
100.25
173
4
152
=
Drilling template for support sheet
70
5.5 - M5
140
35
3 POLES
1SDC210L27F0001
1SDC210L26F0001
237
237
118.5
118.5
5.5 -M5
4 POLES
7/142
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 142
1-12-2006 16:17:49
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T6
Motor operator
isolating
27.5 corsa
di distance
sezionamento
241
140
1SDC210L28F0001
1SDC210L29F0001
14 0
70
37
Withdrawable
version
3
281.5
Flange for the
compartment door
(supplied as standard)
Drilling templates for the compartment
door and fitting flange
122
R min. 200
MCCBs
18
1SDC210L31F0001
148.5
= =
32
32.5
75.25
150
1SDC210L30F0001
86.25
173
210
75.25
7/143
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 143
1-12-2006 16:17:50
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T6
Padlock device for open
position (maximum 3 padlocks
to be provided by the user)
Dimension with AUE connector
(early making contact)
1
2
1SDC210L33F0001
3
140
1SDC210L36F0001
Lock for compartment door
Det. “A”
isolating
27.5 corsa
di distance
sezionamento
84.5
2
4
1
Rotary handle operating mechanism on the circuit-breakers
140
Caption
≥3
≤2
190.5
240
33
Flange for the
compartment door
1SDC210L32F0001
3
Drilling template for compartment
door and fitting flange
Drilling for detail “A”
18
122
R min. 200
96.5
1SDC210L35F0001
148.5
= =
32
14
18.5
150
89.5
43
1SDC210L34F0001
100.25
173
210
75.25
7/144
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 144
1-12-2006 16:17:51
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T7
Fixed circuit-breaker Rotary handle operating mechanism on the circuit-breaker
4 poles
1
Rotary handle operating mechanism for circuit-breaker
2
Compartment door interlock
3
Flange for the compartment
door
4
Flange fixing screws
6
Support sheet drilling template
7
Key lock (optional)
8
Tightening torque: 2 Nm
9
Compartment door with flange
sheet drilling
3 poles
1SDC210L50F0001
Caption
10 Compartment door sheet drilling for front 206 x 204
11 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
12 Reduced flange of the rotary
handle for the compartment
door (optional)
13 Compartment door sheet drilling for rotary handle
Without flange
A
125...141
147
III
IV
C
70
140
Drilling templates for support sheet
1SDC210L66F0001
Flange for the compartment door (supplied as standard)
MCCBs
1SDC210L66F0001
14 Compartment door sheet drilling without the rotary handle
flange
With flange
1SDC210L51F0001
Drilling templates of the compartment door
HOLES
7/145
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 145
1-12-2006 16:17:52
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T7
Withdrawable circuit-breaker
Rotary handle operating mechanism on the compartment door
4 poles
3 poles
Isolating distance
Horizontal rear
terminal
Drilling templates of the compartment
door
Vertical rear
terminal
Legenda
1
Rotary handle operating mechanism on circuit-breakers
2
Rear segregation for rear terminals
4
Flange fixing screws
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Key lock (optional)
8
Tightening torque: 8 Nm
9
Compartment door with flange
sheet drilling
III
IV
A
160
230
B
206
276
10 Front terminals
C
219
289
11 Rear horizontal terminals
12 Rear vertical terminals
13 Rear segregation for front
terminals
Drilling templates for support sheet
14 Flange for the compartment
door
15 Auxiliary contact terminal
7/146
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 146
1-12-2006 16:17:54
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T7
Caption
Mechanical vertical interlock
for fixed circuit-breakers
4
Mechanical horizontal interlock
for fixed circuit-breakers
5
Sheet drilling for wire passage
of the mechanical interlock
MCCBs
3
Mechanical interlock for fixed circuit-breakers
7/147
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 147
1-12-2006 16:17:56
Dimensional details
Accessories for Tmax T7
Legenda
1
Mechanical vertical interlock for
withdrawable circuit-breakers
2
Mechanical horizontal interlock for withdrawable circuitbreakers
5
Sheet drilling for wire passage
of the mechanical interlock
Mechanical interlock for withdrawable circuit-breakers
7/148
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 148
1-12-2006 16:17:57
Dimensional details
Distances to be respected
Insulation distances for installation in metallic cubicle
A
B
C
(mm)
(mm)
(mm)
T1
25
20
20
T2
25
20
20
T3
50
25
20
T4
30(*)
25
25(*)
T5
30(*)
25
25(*)
T6
35(*)
25
20
T7
50(*)
20
10
(*)
1SDC210L37F0001
For Ub ≥ 440 V and T6L all versions: distances A ⇒ 100 mm
Note: For the insulation distances of the 1000 V circuit-breakers, please ask ABB SACE.
Minimum centre distance between two circuit-breakers side by side or superimposed
For assembly side by side or superimposed, check that the connection busbars or cables do not reduce the
air insulation distance
Minimum centre distance for two circuit-breakers side by side
4 poles
3 poles
4 poles
T1
76
102
76
102
T2
90
120
90
120
T3
105
140
105
140
T4
105
140
105
140
T5
140
184
140
184
T6
210
280
210
280
T7
210
280
210
280
(*)
MCCBs
Centre distance I (mm)
3 poles
1SDC210L38F0001
Circuit-breaker width (mm)
For Ub: ≥ 500 V minimum centre I (mm) 3 poles 180, minimum centre I (mm) 4 poles 224
Minimum centre distance for superimposed circuit-breakers
H (mm)
T1
60
T2
90
T3
140
T4
160
T5
160
T6
180
T7
180
1
Connection - not insulated
2
Insulated cable
3
Cable terminal
Note: The dimensions shown apply for operating voltage Ub up to 690 V. The
dimensions to be respected must be added to the maximum dimensions of the
various different versions of the circuit-breakers, including the terminals.
For 1000 V versions, please ask ABB.
1SDC210L39F0001
Caption
7/149
1SDC007200C0202
0701_Tmax.indb 149
1-12-2006 16:17:57
Air circuit
Breake
Air circuit-breakers
0702_Emax.indb 150
1-12-2006 16:32:20
Air circuit-breakers
Emax
Contents
Automatic circuit-breakers
General information ..................................................................................................... 7/153
Technical Data ............................................................................................................. 7/154
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/156
Automatic circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor
Technical Data ............................................................................................................. 7/195
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/196
Switch-disconnectors
Technical Data ............................................................................................................. 7/198
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/199
Automatic circuit-breakers for applications up to 1150 V AC
Technical Data ............................................................................................................. 7/211
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/212
Switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Technical Data ............................................................................................................. 7/216
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/217
CS sectionalizing trucks
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/228
ACBs
Switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Technical Data ............................................................................................................. 7/222
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/223
MTP earthing switch
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/229
MT earthing truck
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/230
FP Fixed parts
Ordering details ........................................................................................................... 7/231
Conversion kit for fixed circuit-breaker or fixed parts ............................................... 7/233
it
e
0702_Emax.indb 151
Extra codes ..................................................................................................................... 7/235
Accessories ................................................................................................................... 7/236
Order examples ............................................................................................................. 7/246
Dimensional Details
Fixed circuit-breaker ...................................................................................................
Withdrawable circuit-breaker .......................................................................................
Mechanical interlock .....................................................................................................
Circuit-breaker accessories .........................................................................................
7/251
7/262
7/270
7/272
7/151
1SDC007200C0202
1-12-2006 16:32:47
0702_Emax.indb 152
1-12-2006 16:32:47
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
General information
All the Emax circuit-breakers have the same height and depth both in the fixed and withdrawable version
and allow construction of compact switchgear.
They are fitted with many features which mean the personnel can always work under conditions of maximum
safety, such as racking-out with the door closed, degree of protection towards the outside up to IP54, an
articulated series of safety locks and double insulation.
The innovative structure of the pole guarantees complete insulation between phases and between phase
and neutral and ensures full possibility of inspection of the arcing chamber and the main contacts.
SD Pocket is an innovative function which means a PC, even a hand-held one, can dialogue with Emax
thanks to the Bluetooth technology. By means of the PC, and without any cable, the following is now
possible: for example, the setting of the various protections, display of the measurements including those
stored in the Data Logger, to verify the state of the circuit-breaker, know the number of operations carried
out, etc.
ACBs
The new series of Emax air circuit-breakers consists of six sizes (X1, E1, E2, E3, E4 and E6) in the fixed and
withdrawable versions, with rated uninterrupted currents from 630 to 6300 A and breaking capacities up to
150 kA at 415 V.
Different models of circuit-breakers for each size are available, all with the same dimensions, but with
various rated currents and with different breaking capacities, identified by letters, as specified in the table.
The series is completed by a range of current-limiting circuit-breakers, of different construction concept,
particularly recommended in plants characterised by high short-circuit currents.
Customisation of the circuit-breaker is carried out by means of a complete range of accessories – common
over the whole range, which can be installed from the front of the circuit-breaker without the need for any
internal cabling.
Furthermore, the following are available:
– versions with full neutral, provided for the whole range for applications where the homopolar line current
is high;
– derived versions, for specific uses, such as switch-disconnectors, isolating truck, earthing switch with
making capacity, and earthing truck;
– special versions: 1150 V AC circuit-breakers, 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC switch-disconnectors, as
well as applications for anti-seismic installations, marine uses or suitable for particularly aggressive
environments (SO2/H2S).
They can be used both as circuit-breakers for general protection (of plants, of user complexes and of
electric lines) and as protection circuit-breakers of electrical machines (generators, motors, transformers,
capacitors). They are used in all types of plants (civil, industrial, and in the service sector) as well as in
the equipment on-board ships, in mines, in prefabricated substations, and for primary and secondary
distribution in general.
For protection in alternating current, the circuit-breakers are fitted with the new series of electronic trip units
which offer the following main characteristics:
– PR121/P (on E1-E6) and PR331 (on X1), with protection functions only (L, S, I, G);
– PR122/P (on E1-E6) and PR332 (on X1), with protection functions (L, S, I, G), measurement of current
and dialogue (Modbus RTU protocol);
– PR123/P (on E1-E6) and PR333 (on X1) with protection functions (L, S, I, G, T, V, UN, RP, D), measurement
(current, voltage, power, energy and harmonic distortion), self-test, signals, data storage, control of the
circuit-breaker and dialogue (Modbus RTU protocol).
Conformity with Standards
The Emax circuit-breakers and their accessories are according to
the international IEC 947, EN 60947 (harmonised in 28 countries
of the CENELEC), CEI EN 60947 and IEC 6100 Standards and
conform to the EC Directive:
– “Low Voltage Directives” (LVD) no. 73/23 EEC;
– “Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive” (EMC) no. 89/336 EEC.
Furthermore, a series of Emax circuit-breakers conforming to the
UL 1066 Standards is available.
7/153
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 153
1-12-2006 16:32:47
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Technical Data
X1
Automatic circuit-breakers
Poles
[N°]
4p CB neutral current-carrying capacity [% Iu]
Iu
(40 °C)
[A]
Ue
Icu
Ics
Icw
(220...415V)
(220...415V)
(1s)
(3s)
[V~]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
X1B
X1N
630-8001000-12501600
690
42
42
42
3-4
100
630-8001000-12501600
690
65
50
42
E1
X1L
630-8001000-1250690
150
150
15
E2
E1B
E1N
3-4
100
800-1000- 800-10001250-1600 1250-1600
690
42
42
42
36
690
50
50
50
36
E2B
E2N
E2S
E2L
3-4
100
1600-2000 1000-1250- 800-1000- 1250-1600
1600-2000 1250-16002000
690
690
690
690
42
65
85
130
42
65
85
130
42
55
65
10
42
42
42
–
Automatic circuit-breakers
with full-size neutral conductor
Poles
[N°]
Standard version
Standard version
Standard version
4p CB neutral current-carrying capacity [% Iu]
Iu
(40 °C)
[A]
Ue
[V~]
Icu
(220...415V)
[kA]
Ics
(220...415V)
[kA]
Icw
(1s)
[kA]
(3s)
[kA]
Switch-disconnectors
Poles
Iu
Ue
Icw
Icm
(40 °C)
[N°]
[A]
(1s)
(3s)
(220...440V)
[V~]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
Automatic circuit-breakers for
applications up to 1150 V AC *
Poles
Iu
(40 °C)
Ue
Icu
Ics
Icw
(1150V)
(1150V)
(1s)
(40 °C)
Ue
Icw
Icm
(1s)
(1000V)
(40 °C)
(1s)
(750V)
(1000V)
(*)
(40 °C)
E2B/E
[N°]
[A]
[V-]
[kA]
[kA]
[kA]
[A]
[A]
[A]
E2S/MS
E2N/E
3-4
3-4
1600-2000 1250-16002000
1150
1150
20
30
20
30
20
30
3-4
3-4
1600-2000 1250-16002000
1150
1150
20
30
40
63
Earthing truck
Iu
E2N/MS
3-4
3-4
3-4
1600-2000 1000-1250- 1000-12501600-2000 1600-2000
690
690
690
42
55
65
42
42
42
88.2
121
143
E2B/E MS E2N/E MS
Earthing switch with making capacity
(40 °C)
88.2
E2B/MS
X1B/E MS
(40 °C)
Iu
3-4
800-10001250-1600
690
50
36
105
[N°]
3-4
[A] 1000-12501600
[V~]
1000
[kA]
20
[kA]
40
Sectionalizing truck
Iu
E1N/MS
3-4
800-10001250-1600
690
42
36
88.2
X1B/E
Switch-disconnectors for
applications up to 1000 V DC
Poles
Iu
Ue
Icw
Icm
E1B/MS
3-4
1000-1250
1600
690
42
[N°]
3-4
[A] 630-800-10001250-1600
[V~]
1000
[kA]
20
[kA]
20
[kA]
20
Switch-disconnectors for
applications up to 1150 V AC *
Poles
Iu
X1B/MS
E1B/E MS
E2N/E MS
3-4
800-1250
750 (3p)-1000 (4p)
20
42
42
3-4
1250-1600-2000
750 (3p)-1000 (4p)
25
52.5
52.5
E1 CS
E2 CS
1250
2000
E1 MTP
E2 MTP
1250
2000
E1 MT
E2 MT
1250
2000
1000V for Emax X1
7/154
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 154
1-12-2006 16:32:50
E3
E3N
2500-3200
690
65
65
65
65
E3S
E3H
1000-12501600-20002500-3200
690
75
75
75
65
3-4
100
800-1000-12501600-20002500-3200
690
100
85
75
65
E4
E3V
E3L
E4S
E6
E4H
E4V
E6H
E6V
3-4
50
800-12501600-20002500-3200
690
130
100
85
65
Standard version
2000-2500
690
130
130
15
–
3-4
50
3200-4000
690
150
150
100
75
40005000-6300
690
100
100
100
85
3200-40005000-6300
690
150
125
100
85
4000
690
75
75
75
75
3200-4000
690
100
100
100
75
E4S/f
E4H/f
4
4
4
100
4000
690
80
80
80
75
100
3200-4000
690
100
100
85
75
100
4000-5000-6300
690
100
100
100
100
E6H/f
E3N/MS
E3S/MS
E3V/MS
E4S/MS
E4H/MS
E4H/f MS
E6H/MS
E6H/f MS
3-4
3-4
1000-1250-16002000-2500-3200
690
75
65
165
3-4
800-1250-16002000-2500-3200
690
85
65
286
3-4
3-4
4
4000
690
75
75
165
3200-4000
690
100
75
220
3200-4000
690
85
75
220
3-4
4000-50006300
690
100
85
220
4
4000-50006300
690
100
85
220
E3H/E
E4H/E
E6H/E
3-4
1250-1600-20002500-3200
1150
30 (*)
30 (*)
30 (*)
3-4
3200-4000
1150
65
65
65
3-4
4000-5000
6300
1150
65
65
65
E3H/E MS
E4H/E MS
E6H/E MS
3-4
1250-1600-20002500-3200
1150
50
105
3-4
3200-4000
1150
65
143
3-4
4000-5000
6300
1150
65
143
E3H/E MS
E4H/E MS
E6H/E MS
3-4
1250-1600-2000-2500-3200
750 (3p)-1000 (4p)
40
105
105
3-4
3200-4000
750 (3p) - 1000 (4p)
65
143
143
3-4
4000-5000-6300
750 (3p) - 1000 (4p)
65
143
143
E3 CS
E4 CS
E6 CS
3200
4000
6300
E3 MTP
E4 MTP
E6 MTP
3200
4000
6300
E3 MT
E4 MT
E6 MT
3200
4000
6300
ACBs
2500-3200
690
65
65
143
7/155
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 155
1-12-2006 16:32:51
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - Reading information
Abbreviations used to describe the apparatus
Type of connection terminals:
X1
Fixed circuit-breaker
HR/VR = Rear terminals (horizontal, vertical
or adjustable)
F = Front terminals
MC CuAl = Multicable
terminals for CuAl
ES = Spreaded front
terminals
EF = Front extended
terminals
Withdrawable circuit-breaker
HR/VR = Adjustable rear terminals
(horizontal or vertical)
EF = Front extended
terminals
E1-E6
Fixed circuit-breaker
E1-E6
HR = Horizontal
rear terminals
VR = Vertical rear
terminals
F = Front terminals
Withdrawable circuit-breaker
HR = Horizontal
rear terminals
VR = Vertical rear
terminals
F = Front terminals
FL = Flat terminals
7/156
1SDC007200C0201
0702_Emax.indb 156
1-12-2006 16:32:52
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - Reading information
Versions:
Other versions:
F
W
MP
FP
/MS
/E
/E MS
CS
MTP
MT
Fixed
Withdrawable
Moving part for withdrawable circuit-breakers
Fixed part for withdrawable circuit-breakers
Switch-disconnector
Automatic circuit-breaker for applications up to 1150 V
Switch-disconnector for applications up to 1150 V AC and 1000 V DC
Sectionalizing truck
Earthing switch
Earthing truck
Type of currents:
Iu [A]
In [A]
Icu [A]
Icw [kA]
AC
DC
Rated uninterrupted current of the circuit-breaker
Rated current of the electronic trip unit current transformers
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
Rated short-time withstand current
Alternate Current applications
Direct Current applications
Type of protection trip units:
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
PR121/P Electronic trip unit (LI, LSI, LSIG functions)
PR122/P Electronic trip unit (LSI, LSIG, LSIRc functions)
PR123/P Electronic trip unit (LSIG functions)
PR331/P Electronic trip unit (LI, LSI, LSIG functions)
PR332/P Electronic trip unit (LSI, LSIG, LSIRc functions)
PR333/P Electronic trip unit (LSI, LSIG functions)
L
S
I
G
Rc
Protection against overload with long inverse time-delay trip
Selective protection against short-circuit with short inverse or definite time-delay trip
Protection against instantaneous short-circuit with adjustable trip current threshold
Protection against earth faults
Protection against residual current earth faults
ACBs
Protection functions:
7/157
1SDC007200C0201
0702_Emax.indb 157
1-12-2006 16:32:54
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1B 06 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
061996
061997
061998
061999
062000
062001
062002
062003
062004
062005
062006
062007
062008
062009
062010
062011
062012
062013
X1N 06 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062173
062174
062175
062176
062177
062178
062179
062180
062181
062182
062183
062184
062185
062186
062187
062188
062189
062190
X1L 06 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062209
062210
062211
062212
062213
062214
062215
062216
062217
062218
062219
062220
062221
062222
062223
062224
062225
062226
X1B 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062245
062246
062247
062248
062249
062250
062251
062252
062253
062254
062255
062256
062257
062258
062259
062260
062261
062262
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/158
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 158
1-12-2006 16:32:54
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1N 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062281
062282
062283
062284
062285
062286
062287
062288
062289
062290
062291
062292
062293
062294
062295
062296
062297
062298
X1L 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062317
062318
062319
062320
062321
062322
062323
062324
062325
062326
062327
062328
062329
062330
062331
062332
062333
062334
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062353
062354
062355
062356
062357
062358
062359
062360
062361
062362
062363
062364
062365
062366
062367
062368
062369
062370
ACBs
X1B 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
X1N 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062389
062390
062391
062392
062393
062394
062395
062396
062397
062398
062399
062400
062401
062402
062403
062404
062405
062406
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/159
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 159
1-12-2006 16:32:57
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1L 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062425
062426
062427
062428
062429
062430
062431
062432
062433
062434
062435
062436
062437
062438
062439
062440
062441
062442
X1B 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062461
062462
062463
062464
062465
062466
062467
062470
062471
062472
062473
062474
062475
062468
062469
062477
062478
X1N 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062497
062498
062499
062500
062501
062502
062503
062504
062505
062506
062507
062508
062509
062510
062511
062512
062513
062514
X1L 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062533
062534
062535
062536
062537
062538
062539
062540
062541
062542
062543
062544
062545
062546
062547
062548
062549
062550
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/160
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 160
1-12-2006 16:33:00
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1B 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062569
062570
062571
062572
062573
062574
062575
062576
062577
062578
062579
062580
062581
062582
062583
062584
062585
062586
X1N 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
062605
062606
062607
062608
062609
062610
062611
062612
062613
062614
062615
062616
062617
062618
062619
062620
062621
062622
ACBs
F = Front terminals
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/161
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 161
1-12-2006 16:33:03
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1B 06 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062014
062015
062016
062017
062018
062019
062020
062021
062022
062023
062024
062025
062026
062027
062028
062029
062030
062031
X1N 06 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062191
062192
062193
062194
062195
062196
062197
062198
062199
062200
062201
062202
062203
062204
062205
062206
062207
062208
X1L 06 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062227
062228
062229
062230
062231
062232
062233
062234
062235
062236
062237
062238
062239
062240
062241
062242
062243
062244
X1B 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062263
062264
062265
062266
062267
062268
062269
062270
062271
062272
062273
062274
062275
062276
062277
062278
062279
062280
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/162
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 162
1-12-2006 16:33:06
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1N 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062299
062300
062301
062302
062303
062304
062305
062306
062307
062308
062309
062310
062311
062312
062313
062314
062315
062316
X1L 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062335
062336
062337
062338
062339
062340
062341
062342
062343
062344
062345
062346
062347
062348
062349
062350
062351
062352
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062371
062372
062373
062374
062375
062376
062377
062378
062379
062380
062381
062382
062383
062384
062385
062386
062387
062388
ACBs
X1B 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
X1N 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062407
062408
062409
062410
062411
062412
062413
062414
062415
062416
062417
062418
062419
062420
062421
062422
062423
062424
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/163
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 163
1-12-2006 16:33:10
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1L 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062443
062444
062445
062446
062447
062448
062449
062450
062451
062452
062453
062454
062455
062456
062457
062458
062459
062460
X1B 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062479
062480
062481
062482
062483
062484
062485
062486
062487
062488
062489
062490
062491
062492
062493
062494
062495
062496
X1N 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062515
062516
062517
062518
062519
062520
062521
062522
062523
062524
062525
062526
062527
062528
062529
062530
062531
062532
X1L 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062551
062552
062553
062554
062555
062556
062557
062558
062559
062560
062561
062562
062563
062564
062565
062566
062567
062568
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/164
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 164
1-12-2006 16:33:13
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
X1B 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
062587
062588
062589
062590
062591
062592
062593
062594
062595
062596
062597
062598
062599
062600
062601
062602
062603
062604
X1N 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
062623
062624
062625
062626
062627
062628
062629
062630
062631
062632
062633
062634
062635
062636
062637
062638
062639
062640
ACBs
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/165
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 165
1-12-2006 16:33:16
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200076F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E1
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E1B 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055600
LSI
055601
LSIG
055602
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055608
LSI
055609
LSIG
055610
LSIRc
055603
055604
055605
058553
055606
055607
055611
055612
055613
058555
055614
055615
E1N 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055696
LSI
055697
LSIG
055698
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055704
LSI
055705
LSIG
055706
LSIRc
055699
055700
055701
058577
055702
055703
055707
055708
055709
058579
055710
055711
E1B 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059169
LSI
059173
LSIG
059177
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
059171
LSI
059175
LSIG
059179
LSIRc
059181
059185
059189
059193
059197
059201
059183
059187
059191
059195
059199
059203
E1N 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059213
LSI
059217
LSIG
059221
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
059215
LSI
059219
LSIG
059223
LSIRc
059225
059229
059233
059237
059241
059245
059227
059231
059235
059239
059243
059247
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/166
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 166
1-12-2006 16:33:19
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200076F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E1
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E1B 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055632
LSI
055633
LSIG
055634
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055640
LSI
055641
LSIG
055642
LSIRc
055635
055636
055637
058561
055638
055639
055643
055644
055645
058563
055646
055647
E1N 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055728
LSI
055729
LSIG
055730
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055736
LSI
055737
LSIG
055738
LSIRc
055731
055732
055733
058585
055734
055735
055739
055740
055741
058587
055742
055743
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055664
LSI
055665
LSIG
055666
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055672
LSI
055673
LSIG
055674
LSIRc
055667
055668
055669
058569
055670
055671
055675
055676
055677
058571
055678
055679
ACBs
E1B 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
E1N 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055760
LSI
055761
LSIG
055762
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055768
LSI
055769
LSIG
055770
LSIRc
055763
055764
055765
058593
055766
055767
055771
055772
055773
058595
055774
055775
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/167
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 167
1-12-2006 16:33:21
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200076F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E1
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E1B 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055616
055617
055618
055619
055620
055621
058557
055622
055623
055624
055625
055626
055627
055628
055629
058559
055630
055631
E1N 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055712
055713
055714
055715
055716
055717
058581
055718
055719
055720
055721
055722
055723
055724
055725
058583
055726
055727
E1B 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
059170
059174
059178
059182
059186
059190
059194
059198
059202
059172
059176
059180
059184
059188
059192
059196
059200
059204
E1N 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
059214
059218
059222
059226
059230
059234
059238
059242
059246
059216
059220
059224
059228
059232
059236
059240
059244
059248
7/168
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 168
1-12-2006 16:33:23
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200076F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E1
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E1B 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055648
055649
055650
055651
055652
055653
058565
055654
055655
055656
055657
055658
055659
055660
055661
058567
055662
055663
E1N 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055744
055745
055746
055747
055748
055749
058589
055750
055751
055752
055753
055754
055755
055756
055757
058591
055758
055759
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055680
055681
055682
055683
055684
055685
058573
055686
055687
055688
055689
055690
055691
055692
055693
058575
055694
055695
ACBs
E1B 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
E1N 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 50 kA - Icw (1 s) = 50 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055776
055777
055778
055779
055780
055781
058597
055782
055783
055784
055785
055786
055787
055788
055789
058599
055790
055791
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/169
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 169
1-12-2006 16:33:24
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2S 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
058282
LSI
058283
LSIG
058284
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
058290
LSI
058291
LSIG
058292
LSIRc
058285
058286
058287
058657
058288
058289
058293
058294
058295
058659
058296
058297
E2N 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059257
LSI
059261
LSIG
059265
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
059259
LSI
059263
LSIG
059267
LSIRc
059269
059273
059277
059281
059285
059289
059271
059275
059279
059283
059287
059291
E2S 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059301
LSI
059305
LSIG
059309
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
059303
LSI
059307
LSIG
059311
LSIRc
059313
059317
059321
059325
059329
059333
059315
059319
059323
059327
059331
059335
E2N 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055856
LSI
055857
LSIG
055858
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055864
LSI
055865
LSIG
055866
LSIRc
055859
055860
055861
058633
055862
055863
055867
055868
055869
058635
055870
055871
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/170
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 170
1-12-2006 16:33:26
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2S 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055952
LSI
055953
LSIG
055954
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055960
LSI
055961
LSIG
055962
LSIRc
055955
055956
055957
058665
055958
055959
055963
055964
055965
058667
055966
055967
E2L 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 10 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056048
LSI
056049
LSIG
056050
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056056
LSI
056057
LSIG
056058
LSIRc
056051
056052
056053
058617
056054
056055
056059
056060
056061
058619
056062
056063
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055792
LSI
055793
LSIG
055794
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055800
LSI
055801
LSIG
055802
LSIRc
055795
055796
055797
058601
055798
055799
055803
055804
055805
058603
055806
055807
ACBs
E2B 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
E2N 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055888
LSI
055889
LSIG
055890
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055896
LSI
055897
LSIG
055898
LSIRc
055891
055892
055893
058641
055894
055895
055899
055900
055901
058643
055902
055903
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/171
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 171
1-12-2006 16:33:28
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2S 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055984
LSI
055985
LSIG
055986
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055992
LSI
055993
LSIG
055994
LSIRc
055987
055988
055989
058673
055990
055991
055995
055996
055997
058675
055998
055999
E2L 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 10 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056080
LSI
056081
LSIG
056082
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056088
LSI
056089
LSIG
056090
LSIRc
056083
056084
056085
058625
056086
056087
056091
056092
056093
058627
056094
056095
E2B 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055824
LSI
055825
LSIG
055826
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055832
LSI
055833
LSIG
055834
LSIRc
055827
055828
055829
058609
055830
055831
055835
055836
055837
058611
055838
055839
E2N 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055920
LSI
055921
LSIG
055922
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
055928
LSI
055929
LSIG
055930
LSIRc
055923
055924
055925
058649
055926
055927
055931
055932
055933
058651
055934
055935
7/172
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 172
1-12-2006 16:33:29
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2S 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056016
LSI
056017
LSIG
056018
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056024
LSI
056025
LSIG
056026
LSIRc
056019
056020
056021
058681
056022
056023
056027
056028
056029
058683
056030
056031
E2S 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
058298
058299
058300
058301
058302
058303
058661
058304
058305
058306
058307
058308
058309
058310
058311
058663
058312
058313
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
059258
059262
059266
059270
059274
059278
059282
059286
059290
059260
059264
059268
059272
059276
059280
059284
059288
059292
ACBs
E2N 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
E2S 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
059302
059306
059310
059314
059318
059322
059326
059330
059334
059304
059308
059312
059316
059320
059324
059328
059332
059336
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/173
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 173
1-12-2006 16:33:31
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2N 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055872
055873
055874
055875
055876
055877
058637
055878
055879
055880
055881
055882
055883
055884
055885
058639
055886
055887
E2S 12 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055968
055969
055970
055971
055972
055973
058669
055974
055975
055976
055977
055978
055979
055980
055981
058671
055982
055983
E2L 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 10 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056064
056065
056066
056067
056068
056069
058621
056070
056071
056072
056073
056074
056075
056076
056077
058623
056078
056079
E2B 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055808
055809
055810
055811
055812
055813
058605
055814
055815
055816
055817
055818
055819
055820
055821
058607
055822
055823
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/174
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 174
1-12-2006 16:33:32
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2N 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055904
055905
055906
055907
055908
055909
058645
055910
055911
055912
055913
055914
055915
055916
055917
058647
055918
055919
E2S 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056000
056001
056002
056003
056004
056005
058677
056006
056007
056008
056009
056010
056011
056012
056013
058679
056014
056015
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056096
056097
056098
056099
056100
056101
058629
056102
056103
056104
056105
056106
056107
056108
056109
058631
056110
056111
ACBs
E2L 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 10 kA
E2B 20 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 42 kA - Icw (1 s) = 42 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055840
055841
055842
055843
055844
055845
058613
055846
055847
055848
055849
055850
055851
055852
055853
058615
055854
055855
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/175
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 175
1-12-2006 16:33:34
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E2
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E2N 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 55 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
055936
055937
055938
055939
055940
055941
058653
055942
055943
055944
055945
055946
055947
055948
055949
058655
055950
055951
E2S 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 85 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056032
056033
056034
056035
056036
056037
058685
056038
056039
056040
056041
056042
056043
056044
056045
058687
056046
056047
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/176
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 176
1-12-2006 16:33:36
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3H 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056336
LSI
056337
LSIG
056338
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056344
LSI
056345
LSIG
056346
LSIRc
056339
056340
056341
058689
056342
056343
056347
056348
056349
058691
056350
056351
E3V 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056528
LSI
056529
LSIG
056530
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056536
LSI
056537
LSIG
056538
LSIRc
056531
056532
056533
058809
056534
056535
056539
056540
056541
058811
056542
056543
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059385
LSI
059389
LSIG
059393
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
059387
LSI
059391
LSIG
059395
LSIRc
059397
059401
059405
059409
059413
059417
059399
059403
059407
059411
059415
059419
ACBs
E3S 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
E3H 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059345
LSI
059349
LSIG
059353
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
059347
LSI
059351
LSIG
059355
LSIRc
059357
059361
059365
059369
059373
059377
059359
059363
059367
059371
059375
059379
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/177
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 177
1-12-2006 16:33:37
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3S 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056176
LSI
056177
LSIG
056178
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056184
LSI
056185
LSIG
056186
LSIRc
056179
056180
056181
058769
056182
056183
056187
056188
056189
058771
056190
056191
E3H 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056368
LSI
056369
LSIG
056370
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056376
LSI
056377
LSIG
056378
LSIRc
056371
056372
056373
058697
056374
056375
056379
056380
056381
058699
056382
056383
E3V 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056560
LSI
056561
LSIG
056562
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056568
LSI
056569
LSIG
056570
LSIRc
056563
056564
056565
058817
056566
056567
056571
056572
056573
058819
056574
056575
E3S 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056208
LSI
056209
LSIG
056210
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056216
LSI
056217
LSIG
056218
LSIRc
056211
056212
056213
058777
056214
056215
056219
056220
056221
058779
056222
056223
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/178
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 178
1-12-2006 16:33:40
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3H 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056400
LSI
056401
LSIG
056402
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056408
LSI
056409
LSIG
056410
LSIRc
056403
056404
056405
058705
056406
056407
056411
056412
056413
058707
056414
056415
E3V 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056592
LSI
056593
LSIG
056594
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056600
LSI
056601
LSIG
056602
LSIRc
056595
056596
056597
058825
056598
056599
056603
056604
056605
058827
056606
056607
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056240
LSI
056241
LSIG
056242
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056248
LSI
056249
LSIG
056250
LSIRc
056243
056244
056245
058785
056246
056247
056251
056252
056253
058787
056254
056255
ACBs
E3S 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
E3H 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056432
LSI
056433
LSIG
056434
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056440
LSI
056441
LSIG
056442
LSIRc
056435
056436
056437
058713
056438
056439
056443
056444
056445
058715
056446
056447
7/179
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 179
1-12-2006 16:33:42
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3V 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056624
LSI
056625
LSIG
056626
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056632
LSI
056633
LSIG
056634
LSIRc
056627
056628
056629
058833
056630
056631
056635
056636
056637
058835
056638
056639
E3L 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056720
LSI
056721
LSIG
056722
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056728
LSI
056729
LSIG
056730
LSIRc
056723
056724
056725
058737
056726
056727
056731
056732
056733
058739
056734
056735
E3N 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056112
LSI
056113
LSIG
056114
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056120
LSI
056121
LSIG
056122
LSIRc
056115
056116
056117
058753
056118
056119
056123
056124
056125
058755
056126
056127
E3S 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056272
LSI
056273
LSIG
056274
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056280
LSI
056281
LSIG
056282
LSIRc
056275
056276
056277
058793
056278
056279
056283
056284
056285
058795
056286
056287
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/180
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 180
1-12-2006 16:33:44
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3H 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056464
LSI
056465
LSIG
056466
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056472
LSI
056473
LSIG
056474
LSIRc
056467
056468
056469
058721
056470
056471
056475
056476
056477
058723
056478
056479
E3V 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056656
LSI
056657
LSIG
056658
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056664
LSI
056665
LSIG
056666
LSIRc
056659
056660
056661
058841
056662
056663
056667
056668
056669
058843
056670
056671
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056752
LSI
056753
LSIG
056754
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056760
LSI
056761
LSIG
056762
LSIRc
056755
056756
056757
058745
056758
056759
056763
056764
056765
058747
056766
056767
ACBs
E3L 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
E3N 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056144
LSI
056145
LSIG
056146
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056152
LSI
056153
LSIG
056154
LSIRc
056147
056148
056149
058761
056150
056151
056155
056156
056157
058763
056158
056159
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/181
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 181
1-12-2006 16:33:46
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3S 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056304
LSI
056305
LSIG
056306
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056312
LSI
056313
LSIG
056314
LSIRc
056307
056308
056309
058801
056310
056311
056315
056316
056317
058803
056318
056319
E3H 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056496
LSI
056497
LSIG
056498
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056504
LSI
056505
LSIG
056506
LSIRc
056499
056500
056501
058729
056502
056503
056507
056508
056509
058731
056510
056511
E3V 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056688
LSI
056689
LSIG
056690
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
056696
LSI
056697
LSIG
056698
LSIRc
056691
056692
056693
058849
056694
056695
056699
056700
056701
058851
056702
056703
E3H 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056352
056353
056354
056355
056356
056357
058693
056358
056359
056360
056361
056362
056363
056364
056365
058695
056366
056367
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/182
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 182
1-12-2006 16:33:48
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3V 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056544
056545
056546
056547
056548
056549
058813
056550
056551
056552
056553
056554
056555
056556
056557
058815
056558
056559
E3S 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
059386
059390
059394
059398
059402
059406
059410
059414
059418
059388
059392
059396
059400
059404
059408
059412
059416
059420
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
059346
059350
059354
059358
059362
059366
059370
059374
059378
059348
059352
059356
059360
059364
059368
059372
059376
059380
ACBs
E3H 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
E3S 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056192
056193
056194
056195
056196
056197
058773
056198
056199
056200
056201
056202
056203
056204
056205
058775
056206
056207
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/183
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 183
1-12-2006 16:33:50
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3H 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056384
056385
056386
056387
056388
056389
058701
056390
056391
056392
056393
056394
056395
056396
056397
058703
056398
056399
E3V 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056576
056577
056578
056579
056580
056581
058821
056582
056583
056584
056585
056586
056587
056588
056589
058823
056590
056591
E3S 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056224
056225
056226
056227
056228
056229
058781
056230
056231
056232
056233
056234
056235
056236
056237
058783
056238
056239
E3H 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056416
056417
056418
056419
056420
056421
058709
056422
056423
056424
056425
056426
056427
056428
056429
058711
056430
056431
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/184
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 184
1-12-2006 16:33:52
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3V 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 160 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056608
056609
056610
056611
056612
056613
058829
056614
056615
056616
056617
056618
056619
056620
056621
058831
056622
056623
E3S 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056256
056257
056258
056259
056260
056261
058789
056262
056263
056264
056265
056266
056267
056268
056269
058791
056270
056271
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056448
056449
056450
056451
056452
056453
058717
056454
056455
056456
056457
056458
056459
056460
056461
058719
056462
056463
ACBs
E3H 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
E3V 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056640
056641
056642
056643
056644
056645
058837
056646
056647
056648
056649
056650
056651
056652
056653
058839
056654
056655
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/185
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 185
1-12-2006 16:33:54
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3L 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056736
056737
056738
056739
056740
056741
058741
056742
056743
056744
056745
056746
056747
056748
056749
058743
056750
056751
E3N 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056128
056129
056130
056131
056132
056133
058757
056134
056135
056136
056137
056138
056139
056140
056141
058759
056142
056143
E3S 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056288
056289
056290
056291
056292
056293
058797
056294
056295
056296
056297
056298
056299
056300
056301
058799
056302
056303
E3H 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056480
056481
056482
056483
056484
056485
058725
056486
056487
056488
056489
056490
056491
056492
056493
058727
056494
056495
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/186
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 186
1-12-2006 16:33:56
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3V 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056672
056673
056674
056675
056676
056677
058845
056678
056679
056680
056681
056682
056683
056684
056685
058847
056686
056687
E3L 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 15 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056768
056769
056770
056771
056772
056773
058749
056774
056775
056776
056777
056778
056779
056780
056781
058751
056782
056783
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056160
056161
056162
056163
056164
056165
058765
056166
056167
056168
056169
056170
056171
056172
056173
058767
056174
056175
ACBs
E3N 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 65 kA - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
E3S 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056320
056321
056322
056323
056324
056325
058805
056326
056327
056328
056329
056330
056331
056332
056333
058807
056334
056335
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/187
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 187
1-12-2006 16:33:57
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E3
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E3H 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056512
056513
056514
056515
056516
056517
058733
056518
056519
056520
056521
056522
056523
056524
056525
058735
056526
056527
E3V 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 130 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
056704
056705
056706
056707
056708
056709
058853
056710
056711
056712
056713
056714
056715
056716
056717
058855
056718
056719
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/188
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 188
1-12-2006 16:33:59
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200079F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E4
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E4H 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056816
LSI
056817
LSIG
056818
4 Poles
LI
056824
LSI
056825
LSIG
056826
056819
056820
056821
056822
056823
056827
056828
056829
056830
056831
E4V 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056880
LSI
056881
LSIG
056882
4 Poles
LI
056888
LSI
056889
LSIG
056890
056883
056884
056885
056886
056887
056891
056892
056893
056894
056895
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056784
LSI
056785
LSIG
056786
4 Poles
LI
056792
LSI
056793
LSIG
056794
056787
056788
056789
056790
056791
056795
056796
056797
056798
056799
ACBs
E4S 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
E4H 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056848
LSI
056849
LSIG
056850
4 Poles
LI
056856
LSI
056857
LSIG
056858
056851
056852
056853
056854
056855
056859
056860
056861
056862
056863
E4V 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056912
LSI
056913
LSIG
056914
4 Poles
LI
056920
LSI
056921
LSIG
056922
056915
056916
056917
056918
056919
056923
056924
056925
056926
056927
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/189
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 189
1-12-2006 16:34:00
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200079F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E4
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E4H 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056832
056833
056834
056835
056836
056837
056838
056839
056840
056841
056842
056843
056844
056845
056846
056847
E4V 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056896
056897
056898
056899
056900
056901
056902
056903
056904
056905
056906
056907
056908
056909
056910
056911
E4S 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 75 kA - Icw (1 s) = 75 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056800
056801
056802
056803
056804
056805
056806
056807
056808
056809
056810
056811
056812
056813
056814
056815
E4H 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056864
056865
056866
056867
056868
056869
056870
056871
056872
056873
056874
056875
056876
056877
056878
056879
E4V 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056928
056929
056930
056931
056932
056933
056934
056935
056936
056937
056938
056939
056940
056941
056942
056943
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/190
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 190
1-12-2006 16:34:02
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200080F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E6
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E6V 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
057040
LSI
057041
LSIG
057042
4 Poles
LI
057048
LSI
057049
LSIG
057050
057043
057044
057045
057046
057047
057051
057052
057053
057054
057055
E6H 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056944
LSI
056945
LSIG
056946
4 Poles
LI
056952
LSI
056953
LSIG
056954
056947
056948
056949
056950
056951
056955
056956
056957
056958
056959
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
057072
LSI
057073
LSIG
057074
4 Poles
LI
057080
LSI
057081
LSIG
057082
057075
057076
057077
057078
057079
057083
057084
057085
057086
057087
ACBs
E6V 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
E6H 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
056976
LSI
056977
LSIG
056978
4 Poles
LI
056984
LSI
056985
LSIG
056986
056979
056980
056981
056982
056983
056987
056988
056989
056990
056991
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/191
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 191
1-12-2006 16:34:04
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200080F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E6
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E6V 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
057104
LSI
057105
LSIG
057106
4 Poles
LI
057112
LSI
057113
LSIG
057114
057107
057108
057109
057110
057111
057115
057116
057117
057118
057119
E6H 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
057008
LSI
057009
LSIG
057010
4 Poles
LI
057016
LSI
057017
LSIG
057018
057011
057012
057013
057014
057015
057019
057020
057021
057022
057023
E6V 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
057136
LSI
057137
LSIG
057138
4 Poles
LI
057144
LSI
057145
LSIG
057146
057139
057140
057141
057142
057143
057147
057148
057149
057150
057151
E6V 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
057056
057057
057058
057059
057060
057061
057062
057063
057064
057065
057066
057067
057068
057069
057070
057071
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/192
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 192
1-12-2006 16:34:05
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200080F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E6
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E6H 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056960
056961
056962
056963
056964
056965
056966
056967
056968
056969
056970
056971
056972
056973
056974
056975
E6V 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
057088
057089
057090
057091
057092
057093
057094
057095
057096
057097
057098
057099
057100
057101
057102
057103
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
056992
056993
056994
056995
056996
056997
056998
056999
057000
057001
057002
057003
057004
057005
057006
057007
ACBs
E6H 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
E6V 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
057120
057121
057122
057123
057124
057125
057126
057127
057128
057129
057130
057131
057132
057133
057134
057135
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/193
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 193
1-12-2006 16:34:07
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200080F0001
Emax series
Ordering details - E6
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E6H 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
057024
057025
057026
057027
057028
057029
057030
057031
057032
057033
057034
057035
057036
057037
057038
057039
E6V 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 150 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
4 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
057152
057153
057154
057155
057156
057157
057158
057159
057160
057161
057162
057163
057164
057165
057166
057167
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/194
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 194
1-12-2006 16:34:08
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series with full-size neutral conductor
Technical Data
Rated uninterrupted current (at 40 °C) Iu
[A]
[A]
[A]
Number of poles
Rated service voltage Ue
[V ~]
Rated ultimate breaking capacity under short-circuit Icu
220/230/380/400/415 V ~
[kA]
440 V ~
[kA]
500/525 V ~
[kA]
660/690 V ~
[kA]
Rated service breaking capacity under short-circuit Ics
220/230/380/400/415 V ~
[kA]
440 V ~
[kA]
500/525 V ~
[kA]
660/690 V ~
[kA]
Rated short-time withstand current Icw
(1s)
[kA]
(3s)
[kA]
Rated making capacity under short-circuit (peak value) Icm
220/230/380/400/415 V ~
[kA]
440 V ~
[kA]
500/525 V ~
[kA]
660/690 V ~
[kA]
Utilisation category (according to IEC 60947-2)
Behavior on isolation (according to IEC 60947-2)
Overall dimensions
Fixed: H = 418 mm - D = 302 mm L
[mm]
Withdrawable: H = 461 - D = 396.5 mm L
[mm]
Weights (circuit-breaker complete with releases and CT, excluding accessories)
Fixed
[kg]
Withdrawable
[kg]
E4S/f
E4H/f
E6H/f
4000
3200
4000
4
690
4
690
4000
5000
6300
4
690
80
80
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
80
80
75
75
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
75
75
85
75
100
85
176
176
165
165
B
■
220
220
220
220
B
■
220
220
220
220
B
■
746
774
746
774
1034
1062
125
200
125
200
185
275
ACBs
The Emax range of automatic circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor is used in special applications
where the presence of third harmonics on individual phases can lead to a very high current on the neutral
conductor.
Typical applications include installations with loads having high harmonics distortion (computers and
electronic devices in general), lighting systems with a large number of fluorescent lamps, systems with
inverters and rectifiers, UPS, and systems for adjusting the speed of electric motors.
This range includes standard circuit-breakers with full-size neutral conductor in sizes E1, E2, E3.
Models E4 and E6 are available in the full size version up to rated currents of 6300 A.
Models E4/f and E6/f are available in fixed and withdrawable four-pole versions. These models can all
be fitted with all accessories available for the Emax range, with the exception, on the E6/f model, of the
mechanical interlocks made using flexible wires and 15 external auxiliary contacts, which are therefore
incompatible.
All the models can be fitted with all the available versions of electronic protection relays, in the standard
version.
7/195
1SDC007200C0201
0702_Emax.indb 195
1-12-2006 16:34:09
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200079F0001
Emax series with full-size neutral conductor
Ordering details - E4
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E4H/f 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059429
LSI
059430
LSIG
059431
059432
059433
059434
059435
059436
E4S/f 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 80 kA - Icw (1 s) = 80 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055536
LSI
055537
LSIG
055538
055539
055540
055541
055542
055543
E4H/f 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055520
LSI
055521
LSIG
055522
055523
055524
055525
055526
055527
E4H/f 32 Withdrawable (W), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
059437
LSI
059438
LSIG
059439
059440
059441
059442
059443
059444
E4S/f 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 80 kA - Icw (1 s) = 80 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
055544
055545
055546
055547
055548
055549
055550
055551
E4H/f 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 80 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
055528
055529
055530
055531
055532
055533
055534
055535
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/196
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 196
1-12-2006 16:34:10
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200080F0001
Emax series with full-size neutral conductor
Ordering details - E6
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
E6H/f 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055552
LSI
055553
LSIG
055554
055555
055556
055557
055558
055559
E6H/f 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055568
LSI
055569
LSIG
055570
055571
055572
055573
055574
055575
E6H/f 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 Poles
LI
055584
LSI
055585
LSIG
055586
055587
055588
055589
055590
055591
E6H/f 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
055560
055561
055562
055563
055564
055565
055566
055567
ACBs
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
E6H/f 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
055576
055577
055578
055579
055580
055581
055582
055583
E6H/f 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (415 V) = 100 kA - Icw (1 s) = 100 kA
MP = Moving part
3 Poles
LI
LSI
LSIG
055592
055593
055594
055595
055596
055597
055598
055599
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/197
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 197
1-12-2006 16:34:11
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Technical Data
The switch-disconnectors are derived from the corresponding circuit-breakers, of which they keep the
overall dimensions and the possibility of mounting the accessories.
This version only differs from the circuit-breakers in the absence of the overcurrent releases.
The circuit-breaker is available both in the fixed and withdrawable version, three-pole and four-pole.
The switch-disconnectors, identified by the code“/MS”, can be used according to the category of use
AC-23 A (Motor switching or other highly inductive loads) according to the IEC 60947-3 Standard. The
electrical characteristics of the switch-disconnectors are given in the table below.
X1B/MS E1B/MS E1N/MS E2B/MS E2N/MS E2S/MS E3N/MS E3S/MS E3V/MS E4S/MS E4H/fMS E4H/MS E6H/MS E6H/f MS
Rated uninterrupted current
(at 40 °C) Iu
[A] 1000
[A] 1250
[A] 1600
[A]
[A]
[A]
800
1000
1250
1600
800
1000
1250
1600
1600
2000
1000
1250
1600
2000
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
1000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
800
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
4000
3200
4000
3200
4000
4000
5000
6300
4000
5000
6300
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
690
250
[V ~] 1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
Rated service voltage Ue
[V ~]
[V –]
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Rated impulse withstand
voltage Uimp
Rated short-time
withstand current Icw
[kV]
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
(1s) [kA]
(3s) [kA]
42
42
36
50 (1)
36
42
42
55
42
65
42
65
65
75
65
85
65
75
75
85
75
100 (2)
75
100
85
100
85
88.2
88.2
88.2
75.6
105
75.6
88.2
88.2
143
121
187
143
143
143
165
165
286
220
165
165
220
220
220
187
220
220
220
220
Rated making capacity under
short-circuit (peak value) Icm
220/230/380/400/415/440 V ~ [kA]
500/660/690 V ~
[kA]
Note: The breaking capacity Icu, at the maximum rated use voltage, by means of external protection relay, with 500 ms maximum timing, is
equal to the value of Icw (1s).
(1)
(2)
Icw (1s) = 36kA @ 690 V
Icw (1s) = 85kA @ 690 V
7/198
1SDC007200C0201
0702_Emax.indb 198
1-12-2006 16:34:12
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - X1
X1B/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
F = Front terminals
3 poles
4 poles
062052
062053
X1B/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
F = Front terminals
3 poles
4 poles
062056
062057
X1B/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
F = Front terminals
3 poles
4 poles
062060
062061
X1B/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
062054
062055
X1B/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
062059
ACBs
062058
X1B/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
062062
062063
7/199
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 199
1-12-2006 16:34:13
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E1
1SDC200076F0001
E1B/MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058931
058932
E1N/MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058933
058934
E1B/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059209
059211
E1N/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059253
059255
E1B/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058935
058936
E1N/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058937
058938
E1B/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058857
058858
E1N/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058861
058862
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/200
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 200
1-12-2006 16:34:14
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200076F0001
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E1
E1B/MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058939
058940
E1N/MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058941
058942
E1B/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059210
059212
E1N/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059254
059256
E1B/MS 12 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058944
ACBs
058943
E1N/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058945
058946
E1B/MS 16 Withdrawable(W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058859
058860
E1N/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 50 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058863
058864
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/201
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 201
1-12-2006 16:34:15
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E2
1SDC200077F0001
E2N/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059297
059299
E2S/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059341
059343
E2N/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058947
058948
E2S/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058865
058866
E2B/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058949
058950
E2N/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058951
058952
E2S/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058869
058870
E2B/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058953
058954
E2N/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058955
058956
E2S/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058873
058874
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/202
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 202
1-12-2006 16:34:16
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200077F0001
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E2
E2N/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059298
059300
E2S/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059342
059344
E2N/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058957
058958
E2S/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058867
058868
E2B/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058959
058960
E2N/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058962
ACBs
058961
E2S/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058871
058872
E2B/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 42 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058963
058964
E2N/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 55 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058965
058966
E2S/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058875
058876
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/203
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 203
1-12-2006 16:34:18
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E3
E3V/MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200078F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058877
058878
E3S/MS 10 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059425
059427
E3S/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058967
058968
E3V/MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058881
058882
E3S/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058969
058970
E3V/MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058885
058886
E3S/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058971
058972
E3V/MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058889
058890
E3N/MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058973
058974
E3S/MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058975
058976
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/204
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 204
1-12-2006 16:34:19
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E3
E3V/MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200078F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058893
058894
E3N/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058977
058978
E3S/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058979
058980
E3V/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058897
058898
E3V/MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058879
058880
E3S/MS 10 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058982
ACBs
058981
E3S/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058981
058982
E3V/MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058883
058884
E3S/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058983
058984
E3V/MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058887
058888
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/205
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 205
1-12-2006 16:34:20
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E3
E3S/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058985
058986
E3V/MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058891
058892
E3N/MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058987
058988
E3S/MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058989
058990
E3V/MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058895
058896
E3N/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058991
058992
E3S/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058993
058994
E3V/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058899
058900
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/206
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 206
1-12-2006 16:34:21
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E4
E4H/MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200079F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058995
058996
E4S/MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058997
058998
E4H/MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058999
059000
E4H/MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059001
059002
E4S/MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 75 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059003
059003
E4H/MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059006
ACBs
059005
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/207
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 207
1-12-2006 16:34:22
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series switch-disconnectors
Ordering details - E6
1SDC200080F0001
E6H/MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
058905
058906
E6H/MS 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059007
059008
E6H/MS 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
059009
059010
E6H/MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
058907
058908
E6H/MS 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059011
059012
E6H/MS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059013
059014
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/208
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 208
1-12-2006 16:34:23
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors with full size neutral conductor
Ordering details - E4
E4H/f MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDC200079F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
058901
E4S/f MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 80 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
059015
E4H/f MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
058903
E4H/f MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
4 poles
058902
E4S/f MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 80 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
4 poles
059016
E4H/f MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 85 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
4 poles
ACBs
058904
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/209
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 209
1-12-2006 16:34:24
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors with full size neutral conductor
Ordering details - E6
E6H/f MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDC200080F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
058909
E6H/f MS 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
059017
E6H/f MS 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
059018
E6H/f MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
4 poles
058910
E6H/f MS 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
4 poles
059019
E6H/f MS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1s) = 100 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
4 poles
059020
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/156
7/210
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 210
1-12-2006 16:34:25
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series for applications up to 1150 V AC
Technical Data
The Emax circuit-breakers can be supplied, in a special version, for rated service voltages up to
1150 V in alternating current.
The circuit-breakers in this version are defined by the code of the standard range (rated service
voltage up to 690 V AC) together with the code “/E” and are derived form the corresponding
standard Emax circuit-breakers of which they keep the versions and accessories. The range
of Emax circuit-breakers for applications up to 1150 V in alternating current is available in the
fixed and withdrawable version both in the three-pole and four-pole version. The Emax/E circuitbreakers are particularly suitable for installation in mines, petrochemical plants and in traction.
The electrical characteristics of the range are indicated in the table below.
Rated uninterrupted current (at 40 °C) Iu
Rated service voltage Ue
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Rated ultimate breaking capacity
under short-circuit Icu
1000 V
1150 V
Rated service breaking capacity
under short-circuit Ics
1000 V
1150 V
Rated short-time withstand
current Icw (1s)
Rated making capacity under
short-circuit (peak value) Icm
1000 V
1150 V
(1)
E2B/E
E2N/E
E3H/E
E4H/E
E6H/E
630
800
1000
1250
1600
1000
1000
1600
2000
1250
1600
2000
3200
4000
5000
6300
1150
1250
1150
1250
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
1150
1250
1150
1250
1150
1250
[kA]
[kA]
20
20
20
30
30
50
30
65
65
65
65
[kA]
[kA]
20
20
20
30
30
50
30
65
65
65
65
[kA]
20
20
30
50(2)
65
65
[kA]
[kA]
40
40
40
63
63
105
63
143
143
143
143
For applications up to 1000 V AC only.
30 kA @ 1150 V.
ACBs
(2)
X1 B/E(1)
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[V~]
[V~]
7/211
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 211
1-12-2006 16:34:26
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series for applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - X1
1SDC200509F0001
X1B/E 06, Iu (40 °C) = 630 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063501
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 06 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/174 and 7/178
X1B/E 08, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063502
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 08 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/174 and 7/178
X1B/E 10, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063503
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 10 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/175 and 7/179
X1B/E 12, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063504
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 12 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/175 and 7/179
X1B/E 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (1000 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063505
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B 16 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/177 and 7/181
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/212
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 212
1-12-2006 16:34:26
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E2
1SDC200077F0001
E2B/E 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
059633
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2B 16 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/187
E2B/E 20, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
059634
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2B 20 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/188
E2N/E 12, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059635
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2N 12 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/186
E2N/E 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059636
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2N 16 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/187
E2N/E 20, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059637
ACBs
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E2N 20 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/188
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/213
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 213
1-12-2006 16:34:28
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E3
E3H/E 12, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDC200078F0001
1SDA.....R1
059638
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 12 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/194
E3H/E 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059639
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 16 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/195
E3H/E 20, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059640
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 20 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/195
E3H/E 25, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059641
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 25 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/197
E3H/E 32, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059642
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E3H 32 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/198
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/214
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 214
1-12-2006 16:34:29
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E4, E6
1SDC200079F0001
E4H/E 32, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
059643
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H 32 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/205
E4H/E 40, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
059644
1SDC200080F0001
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/205
E6H/E 40, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
058550
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/207
E6H/E 50, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
058551
ACBs
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H 50 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/207
E6H/E 63, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icu (1150 V AC) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
058552
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H 63 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/208
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/215
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 215
1-12-2006 16:34:30
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Technical Data
The range of apparatus for applications at 1150 V in alternating current (AC) is completed with the switchdisconnectors. These circuit-breakers are according to the international IEC 60947-3 Standard.
The circuit-breakers in this version are defined by the code of the standard range, where the rated
service voltage is up to 690 V AC, together with the code “/E”, which therefore becomes Emax/E
MS and are derived from the corresponding standard Emax switch-disconnectors.
The three-pole, four-pole versions fixed and withdrawable versions are available with the same dimensions,
characteristics of mounting accessories and installation of the same standard circuit-breakers. All the
accessories foreseen for the Emax range can be used. Furthermore, for the withdrawable version circuitbreakers, the standard fixed parts can be used.
X1B/E MS(*) E2B/E MS E2N/E MS E3H/E MS E4H/E MS E6H/E MS
Rated current (at 40 °C) Iu
Number of poles
Rated service voltage Ue
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s)
Rated making capacity Icm 1000 V AC (peak value)
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[V]
[V]
[kV]
[kA]
[kA]
1000
1250
1600
1600
2000
1250
1600
2000
3/4
1000
1000
12
20
40
3/4
1150
1250
12
20
40
3/4
1150
1250
12
30
63
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
3/4
1150
1250
12
30 (1)
105
3200
4000
5000
6300
3/4
1150
1250
12
65
143
3/4
1150
1250
12
65
143
Note: The breaking capacity Icu, by means of external protection relay, with 500 ms maximum timing, is equal to the value of Icw (1s).
(*)
Applications up to 1000 V AC only
(1)
The performance at 1000 V is 50 kA
7/216
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 216
1-12-2006 16:34:32
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200581F0001
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - X1
X1B/E MS 10, Iu (40 °C) = 1000 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063503
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B MS 10 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/215
X1B/E MS 12, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
063504
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B MS 12 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/215
X1B/E MS 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
048529
ACBs
Note: Extracode to be specified with the X1B MS 16 standard version circuit-breaker code (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/215
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/217
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 217
1-12-2006 16:34:32
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E2
1SDC200077F0001
E2B/E MS 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
059633
Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218
E2B/E MS 20, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
059634
Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218
E2N/E MS 12, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059635
Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218
E2N/E MS 16, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059636
Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218
E2N/E MS 20, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
059637
Note: to be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker (Ue = 690V AC) page 7/218
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/218
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 218
1-12-2006 16:34:33
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E3
E3H/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200078F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
4 poles
059021
059022
059638
059638
E3H/E MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
4 poles
059023
059024
059639
059639
E3H/E MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
4 poles
059025
059027
059640
059640
E3H/E MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
4 poles
059026
059028
059641
059641
E3H/E MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
4 poles
059029
059030
059642
059642
ACBs
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/219
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 219
1-12-2006 16:34:34
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200078F0001
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E3
E3H/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
059031
059032
059638
059638
E3H/E MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
059033
059034
059639
059639
E3H/E MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
059035
059036
059640
059640
E3H/E MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
059037
059038
059641
059641
E3H/E MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 30 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
Circuit-breaker code
Additional code to be specified with the circuit-breaker
059039
059040
059642
059642
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/220
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 220
1-12-2006 16:34:35
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1150 V AC
Ordering details - E4, E6
E4H/E MS 32, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDC200079F0001
1SDA.....R1
059643
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H/MS 32 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/223
E4H/E MS 40, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
059644
1SDC200080F0001
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E4H/MS 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/223
E6H/E MS 40, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
058550
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H/MS 40 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/224
E6H/E MS 50, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
058551
ACBs
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H/MS 50 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/224
E6H/E MS 63, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
058552
Note: to be specified in addition to the code of the standard version E6H/MS 63 circuit-breaker (Ue=690 V AC) page 7/224
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/221
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 221
1-12-2006 16:34:36
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Technical Data
ABB has developed the range Emax/E MS of switch-disconnectors for applications up to
1000 V in direct current conforming with the international IEC 60947-3 Standards. These non-automatic
circuit-breakers are particularly suitable for being used as bus-ties or main isolators in direct current
installations, such as for the applications regarding electric traction. The range allows all installation
requirements up to 1000 V DC/3200 A or up to 750 V DC/4000 A to be covered. They are available in the
fixed and withdrawable and in the three-pole and four-pole version.
With connection of three interruption poles in series, the rated voltage is 750 V DC, whereas with four poles
in series, it is 1000 V DC.
The switch-disconnectors of the Emax/E MS range keep the overall dimensions and the fixing points of
the standard range of circuit-breakers unaltered, can be fitted with the various terminal kits and all the
accessories common to the Emax range. Naturally they cannot be associated with the electronic releases,
CT and relative accessories for determining the currents and protection for applications in alternating
current.
The withdrawable circuit-breakers must be associated with the fixed parts in a special version for applications
at 750/1000 V DC.
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
[A]
Rated current (at 40 °C) Iu
Number of poles
Rated service voltage Ue
Rated insulation voltage Ui
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
Rated short-time withstand current Icw (1s)
Rated making capacity Icm
750 V DC
1000 V DC
E1B/E MS
E2N/E MS
E3H/E MS
E4H/E MS
E6H/E MS
800
1250
1250
1600
2000
1250
1600
2000
2500
3200
3200
4000
5000
6300
3
[V] 750
[V] 1000
[kV] 12
[kA] 20
[kA] 20
–
4
1000
1000
12
20(1)
20
20
3
750
1000
12
25
25
–
4
1000
1000
12
25(1)
25
25
3
750
1000
12
40
40
–
4
1000
1000
12
40(1)
40
40
3
750
1000
12
65
65
–
4
1000
1000
12
65
65
65
3
750
1000
12
65
65
–
4
1000
1000
12
65
65
65
Note: The breaking capacity Icu, by means of external protection relay, with 500 ms maximum timing, is equal to the value of Icw (1s).
(1)
The performance at 750 V is:
for E1B/E MS Icw = 25 kA,
for E2N/E MS Icw = 40 kA and
for E3H/E MS Icw = 50 kA.
7/222
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 222
1-12-2006 16:34:38
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Ordering details - E1
1SDC200076F0001
E1B/E MS 08 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059041
059042
E1B/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059045
059046
E1B/E MS 08 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 800 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059043
059044
E1B/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 20 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
1000 V DC
059047
059048
ACBs
750 V DC
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/223
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 223
1-12-2006 16:34:39
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Ordering details - E2
1SDC200077F0001
E2N/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059049
1000 V DC
059050
E2N/E MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059051
1000 V DC
059052
E2N/E MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059053
1000 V DC
059054
E2N/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 kA
MP = Moving part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059055
1000 V DC
059056
E2N/E MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 kA
MP = Moving part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059057
1000 V DC
059058
E2N/E MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 25 kA
MP = Moving part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059059
1000 V DC
059060
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/224
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 224
1-12-2006 16:34:40
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Ordering details - E3
E3H/E MS 12 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200078F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059061
1000 V DC
059062
E3H/E MS 16 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059063
059064
E3H/E MS 20 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059065
059066
E3H/E MS 25 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059067
059068
E3H/E MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059069
059070
E3H/E MS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059071
059072
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059073
059074
ACBs
E3H/E MS 16 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1600 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
E3H/E MS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059075
059076
E3H/E MS 25 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2500 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059077
059078
E3H/E MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 40 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059079
059080
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/77
7/225
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 225
1-12-2006 16:34:41
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Ordering details - E4
1SDC200079F0001
E4H/E MS 32 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059081
058911
E4H/E MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059082
058913
E4H/E MS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059083
058912
E4H/E MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
059084
058914
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/226
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 226
1-12-2006 16:34:42
Air circuit-breakers
Emax switch-disconnectors for applications up to 1000 V DC
Ordering details - E6
E6H/E MS 40 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200080F0001
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
058915
1000 V DC
058921
E6H/E MS 50 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
058917
058923
E6H/E MS 63 Fixed (F), Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
HR = Horizontal rear terminals
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
058919
058925
E6H/E MS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
058916
058922
750 V DC
1000 V DC
058918
058924
ACBs
E6H/E MS 50 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 5000 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
E6H/E MS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A - Icw (1 s) = 65 kA
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
1000 V DC
058920
058926
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/227
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 227
1-12-2006 16:34:43
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series - CS sectionalizing trucks
Ordering details - E1...E6
This version is derived from the corresponding withdrawable circuit-breaker, with replacement of all the
breaking parts and the operating mechanism with simple connections between the top and bottom isolating
contacts.
It is used as a no load isolator where this is required by the system.
E1/CS 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059085
059086
E2/CS 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059087
059088
E3/CS 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059089
059090
E4/CS 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059091
059092
E6/CS 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A
1SDA.....R1
MP = Moving part
3 poles
4 poles
059093
059094
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/228
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 228
1-12-2006 16:34:44
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series - MTP earthing switch
Ordering details - E1...E6
This version is based on the moving part of the corresponding withdrawable circuit-breaker (without
overcurrent releases) and the top or bottom isolating contacts, which are replaced with connections that
short circuit the phases to earth through the circuit-breaker. The earthing switch is available with top or
bottom isolating contacts.
The earthing circuit is dimensioned for a short-time withstand current equal to 60% of the maximum lcw of
the circuit-breaker from which it is derived (IEC 60439-1).
The earthing switch is inserted in the fixed part of a withdrawable circuit-breaker to earth the top or bottom
terminals before carrying out inspection or maintenance operations in safe conditions on the external circuit.
It should be used in cases where residual or recovery voltages can occur in the installations to be earthed.
E1 MTP 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059095
059096
059097
059098
E2 MTP 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059099
059100
059101
059102
E3 MTP 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059103
059104
059105
059106
ACBs
MP = Moving part
E4 MTP 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059107
059108
059109
059110
E6 MTP 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059111
059112
059113
059114
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/229
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 229
1-12-2006 16:34:44
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series - MT earthing truck
Ordering details - E1...E6
This version is similar to the sectionalizing truck, but with the bottom or top isolating contacts replaced by
short-circuited, earthed connections. The earthing truck is available with bottom or top isolating contacts,
suitable for the fixed part of the size.
The earthing circuit is dimensioned for a short-time withstand current equal to 60% of the maximum lcw of
the circuit-breaker from which it is derived (IEC 60439-1).
The truck is temporarily racked into the fixed part of a withdrawable circuit-breaker to earth the top or
bottom terminals before carrying out maintenance operations on the external circuit when no residual
voltages are expected to occur.
E1 MT 12 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 1250 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059115
059116
059117
059118
E2 MT 20 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 2000 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059119
059120
059121
059122
E3 MT 32 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 3200 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059123
059124
059125
059126
E4 MT 40 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 4000 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059127
059128
059129
059130
E6 MT 63 Withdrawable (W) - MP, Iu (40 °C) = 6300 A
MP = Moving part
Earthing of upper terminals
Earthing of lower terminals
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
059131
059132
059133
059134
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/230
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 230
1-12-2006 16:34:45
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series - FP fixed parts
Ordering details
X1 Fixed part
HR
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
X1 FP W EF
X1 FP W HR/VR
X1 FP W HR-EF
X1 FP W EF-HR
062045
062049
062044
062046
062047
062048
062050
062051
Note: To order theHR/VR terminals installed in vertical position the extracode 1SDA063571R1 must be specified.
VR
EF
E1 Withdrawable (W) - FP
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059666
059672
059678
059684
059690
059708
059762
059770
059778
059786
059794
059818
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059890
059894
1000 V DC
059902
059905
059898
059908
ACBs
HR
FP = Fixed part
E2 Withdrawable (W) - FP
FP = Fixed part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059667
059673
059679
059685
059691
059709
VR
059763
059771
059779
059787
059795
059819
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059891
059895
1000 V DC
059903
059906
059899
059909
F
E2S Withdrawable (W) - FP
FL
FP = Fixed part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059668
059674
059680
059686
059692
059710
059764
059772
059780
059788
059796
059820
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/231
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 231
1-12-2006 16:34:46
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series - FP fixed parts
Ordering details
E3 Withdrawable (W) - FP
HR
FP = Fixed part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059669
059675
059681
059687
059693
059711
059765
059773
059781
059789
059797
059821
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059892
059896
1000 V DC
059904
059907
059900
059910
E4 Withdrawable (W) - FP
FP = Fixed part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059670
059676
059682
059688
059694
059712
VR
F
059766
059774
059782
059790
059798
059822
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059893
059897
1000 V DC
059136
059137
059901
059138
Note: HR-VR = Upper HR terminals, lower VR terminals;
VR-HR = Upper VR terminals, lower HR terminals.
E4/f Withdrawable (W) - FP
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
FP = Fixed part
FL
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059767
059775
059783
059791
059799
059823
E6/f Withdrawable (W) - FP
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
FP = Fixed part
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059769
059777
059785
059793
059801
059825
E6 Withdrawable (W) - FP
FP = Fixed part
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
059671
059677
059683
059689
059695
059713
059768
059776
059784
059792
059800
059824
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
750 V DC
059139
059140
1000 V DC
059142
059143
059141
059144
E6/f Withdrawable (W) - FP
FP = Fixed part
HR
VR
F
FL
HR-VR
VR-HR
1SDA.....R1
4 poles
059769
059777
059785
059793
059801
059825
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
Note: HR-VR = Upper HR terminals, lower VR terminals;
VR-HR = Upper VR terminals, lower HR terminals.
7/232
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 232
1-12-2006 16:34:48
Air circuit-breakers
Emax conversion kit for fixed circuit-breaker or fixed parts
Ordering details
Kit for converting fixed circuit-breaker into mobile part of withdrawable
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
Kit W MP X1
062162
062163
Kit for converting fixed circuit-breaker with horizontal rear terminals to vertical rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
E1
E2
E3
E4
E6
E4/f
E6/f
038052
038053
038054
038055
038056
–
–
038057
038058
038059
038060
038061
048720
050833
Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete circuit-breaker, order 2 kits.
Kit for converting fixed circuit-breaker with horizontal rear terminals to front terminals
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
E1
E2
E3
E4
E6
E4/f
E6/f
038062
038063
038064
038065
038066
–
–
038067
038068
038069
038070
038071
048719
050834
Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete circuit-breaker, order 2 kits.
Kit for converting fixed parts with horizontal rear terminals to front terminals
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
038062
045031
045032
045033
045034
–
–
038067
045035
045036
045037
045038
048718
050837
ACBs
E1
E2
E3
E4
E6
E4/f
E6/f
Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete fixed part, order 2 kits. To be specified as spare parts.
Kit for converting fixed parts with horizontal rear terminals to vertical rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
E1
E2
E3
E4
E6
E4/f
E6/f
055481
055486
055482
055483
055484
055485
–
–
055487
055488
055489
055490
058537
058538
Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete fixed part, order 2 kits. To be specified as spare parts.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/233
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 233
1-12-2006 16:34:49
Air circuit-breakers
Emax conversion kit for fixed circuit-breaker or fixed parts
Ordering details
Kit for converting fixed parts with vertical rear terminals to horizontal rear terminals
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
E1
E2
E3
E4
E6
E4/f
E6/f
055491
055496
055492
055493
055494
055495
055497
055498
055499
055500
058539
058540
Note: Each kit is prepared for top or bottom application. For conversion of a complete fixed part, order 2 kits. To be specified as spare parts.
Kit for converting fixed part from previous versions to new versions
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
059645
E1/E6
059645
Sliding contacts blocks
Type
Lef block - MP X1
Central block - MP X1
Right block - MP X1
Lef block - FP X1
Central block - FP X1
Right block - FP X1
Note:
1SDA.....R1
062164
062165
062166
062167
062168
062169
Always to be ordered in pairs (block for PM + block for PF) if the circuit-breaker is automatic or fitted with electrical accessories for
withdrawable version.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/234
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 234
1-12-2006 16:34:50
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series extra codes
Ordering details
Extra codes for rating plug
To be specified with the code of the standard version circuit-breaker
Type
E1-E3
E1-E3
E1-E3
E1-E6
E1-E6
E1-E6
E2-E6
E3-E6
E3-E6
E4-E6
E6
E6
1SDA.....R1
In = 400A
058235
In = 630A
In = 800A
In = 1000A
In = 1250A
In = 1600A
In = 2000A
In = 2500A
In = 3200A
In = 4000A
In = 5000A
In = 6300A
058236
058237
058238
058240
058241
058242
058243
058245
058247
058248
058249
Extra code for connection of voltage measurement
To be specified with PR122/P and PR123/P when the input for voltage measurement in terminal box/
sliding contacts instead of internal connection on the bottom terminals is required
Type
1SDA.....R1
058250
058251
ACBs
PR120/V - External measurements
PR120/V - Internal connection on the upper terminals
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/235
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 235
1-12-2006 16:34:50
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
Electrical accessories
Shunt opening release
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
SOR
1SDC200131F0001
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
30 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
110...120 V AC/DC
120…127 V AC/DC
220…240 V AC/DC
240…250 V AC/DC
380…400 V AC
415...440 V AC
440…480 V AC
480...500 V AC
500...550 V AC
E1-E6
E1-E6
YO
038286
062065
062066
062067
062068
062069
063547
063548
062070
062071
062072
038287
038288
038289
038290
038291
038292
038293
038294
038295
062073
062074
Note: The shunt opening release (YO) and closing release (YC) share the same construction and are therefore interchangeable.
Their function is determined by the position in which they are mounted on the circuit-breaker.
Second shunt opening release
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
YO2
050157
050158
050159
050160
050161
050162
050163
050164
050165
050166
24 V DC
30 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
110...120 V AC/DC
120…127 V AC/DC
220…240 V AC/DC
240…250 V AC/DC
380…400 V AC
440…480 V AC
Note: Supplied with special release support.
Shunt closing release
Type
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200132F0001
X1
SCR
E1-E6
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
30 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
110...120 V AC/DC
120…127 V AC/DC
220…240 V AC/DC
240…250 V AC/DC
380…400 V AC
415...440 V AC
440…480 V AC
480...500 V AC
500...550 V AC
062076
062077
062078
062079
062080
063549
063550
062081
062082
062083
E1-E6
YC
038296
038297
038298
038299
038300
038301
038302
038303
038304
038305
062084
062085
Note: The shunt opening release (YO) and closing release (YC) share the same construction and are therefore interchangeable.
Their function is determined by the position in which they are mounted on the circuit-breaker.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/236
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 236
1-12-2006 16:34:50
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
SOR Test Unit
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
SOR
050228
1SDC200135F0001
X1
SOR
050228
Undervoltage release
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
UVR
1SDC200138F0001
E1-E6
062087
062088
062089
062090
062091
063551
063552
062092
062093
062094
038315
062095
062096
Time delay device for undervoltage release
Type
24…30 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
48…60 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
110...125 V AC/DC
110...127 V AC/DC
220...250 V AC/DC
1SDA.....R1
X1
UVD
062097
1SDC200139F0001
E1-E6
D
038316
038317
062098
038318
062099
038319
038320
062100
Geared motor for the automatic charging of the closing springs
Type
24…30 V AC/DC
48…60 V AC/DC
110...130 V AC/DC
220...250 V AC/DC
380…415 V AC
038307
038308
038309
038310
038311
038312
038313
038314
ACBs
1SDC200136F0001
24 V DC
24 V AC/DC
30 V AC/DC
48 V AC/DC
60 V AC/DC
110...120 V AC/DC
120…127 V AC/DC
220…240 V AC/DC
240…250 V AC/DC
380…400 V AC
415...440 V AC
440…480 V AC
480...500 V AC
500...550 V AC
E1-E6
YU
038306
1SDA.....R1
X1
M
062113
062114
062115
062116
062117
E1-E6
M
038321
038322
038323
038324
Note: supplied as standard with limit contact and microswitch to signal when the closing springs are charged
E1-E6
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/237
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 237
1-12-2006 16:34:53
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
Electrical signalling of overcurrent releases tripped
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058260
Electrical signalling of overcurrent releases tripped with remote reset command
1SDA.....R1
Type
E1-E6
058261
058262
058263
220...240 V AC/DC
110...130 V AC/DC
24...30 V AC/DC
Trip reset
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
063554
062118
062119
24…30 V AC/DC
110...130 V AC/DC
200...240 V AC/DC
Auxiliary contacts
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
AUX
auxiliary contacts (open/close)
AUX 2Q 24 V AC
AUX 2Q 400 V DC
062101
062102
AUX-SA 250V AC
063553
AUX-RTC 24V DC
AUX-RTC 250V AC/DC
062108
062109
AUX-SC 24V DC
AUX-SC 250V AC/DC
062106
062107
electrical signalling of electronic trip unit
tripped
auxiliary contact circuit breaker ready to
close
auxiliary contact signalling spring charged
1SDC200145F0001
Electrical signalling of circuit-breaker open/closed
Type
E1-E6
PR121/P
PR121/P
PR121/P
PR121/P
PR121/P
PR122-3/P
PR122-3/P
PR122-3/P
PR122-3/P
PR122-3/P
MS - MTP
MS - MTP
MS - MTP
MS - MTP
Note:
4 auxiliary contacts
4 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
10 auxiliary contacts (installed)
10 auxiliary contacts (not installed)
10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
4 auxiliary contacts (2NA+2NC+2PR122-3)
4 auxiliary contacts (2NA+2NC+2PR122-3) for digital signals
10 auxiliary contacts (5NA+5NC+2PR122-3 - installed)
10 auxiliary contacts (5NA+5NC+2PR122-3 - not installed)
10 auxiliary contacts (5NA+5NC+2PR122-3) for digital signals
4 auxiliary contacts
4 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
10 auxiliary contacts
10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
Q1 ... 10
038326 (a)
050153
046523 (b)
038327 (c)
050152
058264 (d)
058265
058267 (b)
058266 (c)
058268
038326
050153
038327
050152
(a) Already included with automatic circuit-breakers c/w PR121/P. Can be ordered as loose accessories.
(b) Can only be ordered mounted with automatic circuit-breakers.
(c) Can only be ordered loose in the case of automatic circuit-breakers.
(d) Already included for circuit-breakers with PR122/P e PR123/P. Can only be ordered as loose accessories.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/238
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 238
1-12-2006 16:34:59
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
External supplementary of circuit-breaker open/closed auxiliary contacts Q11 ... 25
1SDA.....R1
Type
15 supplementary auxiliary contacts
15 supplementary auxiliary contacts (for withdrawable version)
15 supplementary auxiliary contacts for digital signals
15 supplementary auxiliary contacts for digital signals (for withdrawable version)
E1-E6
043475
048827
050145
050151
Note: Outside the circuit-breaker. Order as an alternative to the various types of mechanical interlocks and mechanical compartment door lock.
For mounting on fixed circuit-breaker requires accessory (Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker).
Auxiliary position contacts
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
AUP X1
062110
062111
1SDC200147F0001
24 V DC
400 V AC
E1/6
E1-E2
E3
E4-E6
E1/6
E1-E2
E4-6
E3
5 auxiliary contacts
10 auxiliary contacts
10 auxiliary contacts
10 auxiliary contacts
5 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
10 auxiliary contacts for digital signals
038361
038360
043468
043470
050146
050147
050147
050149
Contact for signalling closing spring charged S33 M/2
Type
038361
043467
043469
043470
050146
050148
050147
050150
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
038325
Note: Already supplied with the geared motor for automatic closing spring charging.
ACBs
1SDC200149F0001
E1-E6
Electrical signalling of circuit-breaker racked-in/test isolated/racked-out S75
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
1SDC200151F0001
E1-E6
Contact for signalling undervoltage release de-energized
Type
1 normally-closed contact
1 normally-open contact
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
038341
038340
E1-E6
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/239
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 239
1-12-2006 16:35:02
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
1SDC200153F0001
Current sensor for neutral conductor outside circuit-breaker UI/N
Type
E2-E4
E3-E6
E4/f (1)
E6/f (2)
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058191
058218
058216
058220
Iu N = 2000A
Iu N = 3200A
Iu N = 3200A
Iu N = 6300A
Note: Iu N refers to the maximum neutral conductor capacity.
(1)
Also for E1-E2 with setting of the neutral Ne=200%
(2)
Also for E3 with setting of the neutral Ne=200%
Homopolar toroid for the main power supply earthing conductor (star centre of the transformer) UI/O
Type
1SDA.....R1
1SDC200154F0001
E1-E6
059145
Mechanical accessories
1SDC200155F0001
Mechanical operation counter
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
062160
E1-E6
038345
E1-E6
1SDC200157F0001
Lock in open position - key locks
Type
KLC-D - different key
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20005)
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20006)
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20007)
KLC-S - same key for different groups of circuit-breakers (N. 20008)
KLC-R - arrangement for Ronis key lock
KLC-C - arrangement for Castell key lock
KLC-K - arrangement for Kirk key lock
KLC-P - arrangement for Profalux key lock
For 1 circuit-breaker (different keys)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20005)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20006)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20007)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20008)
1SDC200158F0001
E1-E6
E1-E6
1SDA.....R1
X1
062141
062142
062143
062144
062145
062146
062147
062148
062149
E1-E6
058271
058270
058274
058273
058272
Lock in open position - padlocks
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
PLL
062152
E1-E6
038351 (a)
Note: (a) To be ordered as alternative to the opening and closing pushbutton protective cover.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/240
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 240
1-12-2006 16:35:08
Air circuit-breakers
1SDC200160F0001
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
E1-E6
Circuit-breaker lock in racked-in/test isolated/racked-out position
1SDA.....R1
Type
For 1 circuit-breaker (different keys)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20005)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20006)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20007)
For groups of circuit-breakers (same keys N.20008)
X1
062153
062154
062155
062156
062157
1SDC200162F0001
Accessory for lock in test isolated/racked-out position
Type
E1-E6
058278
058277
058281
058280
058279
1SDA.....R1
X1
062158
E1-E6
038357
Note: Must always be ordered to complete the circuit-breaker lock in racked-in/test/racked-out position
E1-E6
Accessory for shutter padlock device
Type
1SDC200163F0001
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
038363
E1-E6
Mechanical compartment door lock
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
062159
E1-E6
045039
1SDC200165F0001
Note: – order with interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
– for fixed version, also order the interlock plate
– order as an alternative to cable interlocks, and to the 15 supplementary auxiliary contacts.
Transparent protection for buttons
Transparent protection for buttons - independent
1SDA.....R1
X1
062132
062133
ACBs
Transparent protection for buttons
Type
E1-E6
Protective cover for opening and closing pushbuttons
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
038343
1SDC200168F0001
Note: Order as an alternative to the padlock device in open position.
IP54 door protection
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
062161
E1-E6
038344
1SDC200166F0001
E1-E6
Sealable relay protection
Type
For PR121
For PR122/PR123
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058316
058317
E1-E6
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/241
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 241
1-12-2006 16:35:13
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
Mechanical interlock with cables between two circuit-breakers
Type
1SDA.....R1
Cables kit for horizontal interlock
Plate for fixed
Plate for fixed - on bottom plate
Plate for withdrawable
X1
062127
062129
062130
062131
Note: To interlock two circuit-breakers you have to order a cables kit and two plates in function of the version of the circuit-breaker
1SDC200170F0001
Interlock cables for fixed circuit-breakers or fixed parts
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
038329
038330
038331
038332
038333
038334
038335
038336
A - horizontal
B - horizontal
C - horizontal
D - horizontal
A - vertical
B - vertical
C - vertical
D - vertical
Note: Order one type of cable for each interlock. Order on one of the fixed circuit-breakers or on one of the fixed parts.
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 poles
4 poles
E1-E2
E3
E4
E6
038366
038367
038368
043466
038366
038367
043466
038369
Note: Order one accessory for each fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker.
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
1SDA.....R1
Type
Interlock A/B/D
E1-E6
038364
Interlock C
038365
Note: Order one accessory for each fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker.
Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
038358
Note: Order only for fixed circuit-breaker.
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/242
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 242
1-12-2006 16:35:18
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details - X1
Connections terminals
High insulating terminal covers
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
063091
063092
HTC X1
Low insulating terminal covers - HTC
Type
1SDA.....R1
3 poles
4 poles
063093
063095
063094
063096
LTC X1 F
LTC X1 W
Front extended terminals
Type
EF X1
1SDA.....R1
3 pieces
063103
Front terminals for copper-aluminium cables
Type
FC CuAl X1 1250 4x240mm2
8 pieces
063106
1SDA.....R1
4 pieces
063113
6 pieces
063114
8 pieces
063115
3 pieces
063099
4 pieces
063100
3 pieces
063107
063108
4 pieces
6 pieces
8 pieces
063109
063110
063111
1SDA.....R1
6 pieces
063101
8 pieces
063102
To be requested as loose kit
Front extended spread terminals
Type
ES X1 (1/2 upper kit)
ES X1 (1/2 lower kit)
ES X1
1SDA.....R1
Rear adjustable terminals
Type
R X1
1SDA.....R1
3 pieces
063116
4 pieces
063117
3 pieces
063120
4 pieces
063121
3 pieces
063124
4 pieces
063125
Rear flat horizontal terminals
Type
HR X1
6 pieces
063118
8 pieces
063119
1SDA.....R1
Rear flat vertical terminals
Type
VR X1
ACBs
(1)
6 pieces
063105
3 pieces
063112
Front terminals (1)
Type
F X1 - Plugs with screws
4 pieces
063104
6 pieces
063122
8 pieces
063123
1SDA.....R1
6 pieces
063126
8 pieces
063127
Terminals for fixed parts
1SDA.....R1
Type
3 pieces
4 pieces
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/243
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 243
1-12-2006 16:35:19
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
Auxiliary units
Automatic transfer switch ATS010
Type
ATS010
1SDA.....R1
X1
052927
Accessories for electronic trip units
Type
PR010/T - Test and configuration unit for electronic
trip units type PR33x
EP010 - Module interface for PR33x
1SDA.....R1
X1
048964 (1)
E1-E6
048964
059469 (1)
Ask ABB SACE for PR010/T and EP010 availability
1SDC200129F0001
(1)
E1-E6
052927
PR021/K Signalling unit
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
059146
1SDC200300F0001
PR021/K
E1-E6
PR120/K Signalling module
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058255
058256
1SDC200114F0001
PR120/K (4 Output with independent terminals)
PR120/K (4 Output + 1 Input with a common terminal)
Voltage measuring module
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
E1-E6
1SDC200301F0001
PR120/V (internal connection)
PR120/V (external connection for terminal box/sliding contacts)
PR330/V
E1-E6
063144
Note: (a) To be specified with PR122/P when internal connection for measuring voltage on the bottom terminals is ordered.
(b) To be specified with PR122/P when input for measuring the voltage in terminal box/sliding contacts is ordered instead of the internal
connection on the bottom terminals.
Communication module (Modbus RTU)
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
PR120/D-M
PR330/D-M
1SDC200302F0001
E1-E6
058252 (a)
058253 (b)
E1-E6
058254
063145
PR120/D-BT Internal wireless communication module
E1-E6
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/244
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 244
1-12-2006 16:35:20
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
1SDA.....R1
Type
E1-E6
058257
PR120/D-BT
PR330/R Actuator module
Type
PR330/R
Trip unit adapters for PR33x
Type
Adapters for PR33x
1SDA.....R1
X1
063146
1SDA.....R1
X1
063142
BT030 External wireless communication module
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058259
BT030
EP010 - ABB Fieldbus plug
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
060198
EP010
Note: do not use with FBP-PDP21, the FBP-PDP22 is required.
PR030/B - Power supply unit
Type
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058258
PR030/B
Note: Standard supply with PR122 and PR123 releases.
HMI030 - Interface from front of panel
Type
E1-E6
063143
HMI030
Current sensor for neutral conductor outside circuit-breaker
Type
E1-E6
X1
In = 200 A
X1
In = 400...1600 A
E1-E2-E4 Iu N = 2000 A
E3-E6
Iu N = 3200 A
E4/f (1)
Iu N = 4000 A
E6/f (2)
Iu N = 6300 A
Note: Iu N refers to the maximum neutral conductor capacity.
(1)
also for E1-E2 with setting of the neutral Ne = 200%
(2)
also for E3 with setting of the neutral Ne = 200%
ACBs
1SDA.....R1
X1
063158
063159
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058191
058218
058216
058220
Homopolar toroid for the main power supply earthing conductor (star centre of the transformer)
E1-E6
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/245
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 245
1-12-2006 16:35:24
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details - X1
PR331/P
PR332/P
PR333/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
Electronic trip units
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
063131
063132
063133
Rating plugs
Type
In=400A
In=630A
In=800A
In=1000A
In=1250A
In=1600A
Extracode rating plug
Type
In=400A
In=630A
In=800A
In=1000A
In=1250A
063134
063135
063136
063137
063138
063139
1SDA.....R1
X1
063147
063148
063149
063150
063151
063152
1SDA.....R1
X1
063153
063154
063155
063156
063157
Note: To be specified only in addition to the code of the automatic circuit-breaker
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/246
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 246
1-12-2006 16:35:26
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series accessories
Ordering details
PR121/P
PR122/P
PR123/P
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
1SDA......R1
Electronic trip units - E1-E6
LI
LSI
LSIG
LSIRc
058189
058193
058195
058196
058197
058198
058201
058199
058200
Rating plugs
Type
E1-E3
E1-E3
E1-E3
E1-E6
E1-E6
E1-E6
E2-E6
E3-E6
E3-E6
E4-E6
E6
E6
1SDA.....R1
E1-E6
058192
058221
058222
058223
058225
058226
058227
058228
058230
058232
058233
058234
In=400A
In=630A
In=800A
In=1000A
In=1250A
In=1600A
In=2000A
In=2500A
In=3200A
In=4000A
In=5000A
In=6300A
Spare parts
Flange for compartment door for X1 fixed
Flange for compartment door for X1 withdrawable
Single terminal
Type
Single terminal for X1
1SDA.....R1
X1
063160
063161
ACBs
Flanges for compartment door
Type
1SDA.....R1
X1
062170
see “Abbreviation caption” page 7/172
7/247
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 247
1-12-2006 16:35:29
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Order examples E1-E6
1) Extra codes
Instructions for ordering
Standard version Emax series circuit-breakers are identified by means of commercial codes that can be
altered by adding the following variables:
• Codes for Terminal Kits for fixed circuit-breakers (other than horizontal rear)
• Extra codes for Current Transformer Settings (for current values below rated)
• Extra codes for special Version for rated service voltages up to 1150 V AC
The above types of variables can also be requested simultaneously on the same circuit-breaker.
The “Extra codes” indicate variables that are not in addition to, but in replacement of the those found in the
basic circuit-breaker.
For this reason, these commercial codes can only be ordered installed on the circuit-breaker and not as
loose parts.
For releases (which already include the Dialogue Unit) and Current Transformers for supplies as spare
parts for replacement by the customer, please see the coding section “Protection Releases and Current
Transformers which can be supplied separately”.
Numerical examples
• Terminal Kit Codes for fixed circuit-breaker (other than horizontal rear)
The codes indicate 3 or 4 pieces (for mounting on top or bottom terminals).
To convert a complete circuit-breaker, in the order specify 2 identical kits or 2 different kits for mixed
terminals.
For mixed solutions, the first code indicates the 3 or 4 terminals to be mounted above, while the second
indicates the 3 or 4 terminals to be mounted below.
Example n. 1
Emax E3N 3 poles fixed with Vertical Rear terminals (VR)
1SDA056148R1
E3N 3200 PR122/P-LSI-In=3200A 3p F HR
1SDA038054R1
KIT 1/2 3p F HR>F VR E3
1SDA038054R1
KIT 1/2 3p F HR>F VR E3
Example n. 2
Emax E3N 3 poles fixed with top Vertical Rear (VR) and bottom Front (F) terminals
1SDA056148R1
E3N 3200 PR122/P-LSI-In=3200A 3p F HR
1SDA038055R1
KIT 1/2 3p F HR>F VR E4
1SDA038064R1
KIT 1/2 3p F HR>F F E3
• Extra codes for Current Transformer Settings (for current values below rated)
Example n. 3
Emax E3N 3200 3 poles fixed In=2000A
1SDA056148R1
1SDA058242R1
E3N 3200 PR122/P-LSI-In=3200A 3p F HR
rating plug In=2000A E2-4IEC E3-4UL EX.C
• Extra codes for Special Version for rated service voltages up to 1150 V AC
Example n. 3
Emax E3H/E 2000 3 poles fixed (version up to 1150V AC)
1SDA056432R1
E3H 2000 PR121/P-LI-In=2000A 3p F HR
1SDA048534R1
Special 1150V AC version Emax E3H/E20 circuit-breaker
7/248
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 248
1-12-2006 16:35:33
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Order examples E1-E6
2) Mechanical interlocks
Instructions for ordering
All the mechanical interlocks for any type of Emax circuit-breaker consist of various components, each of
which has been coded to ensure the greatest possible flexibility of the accessory.
The accessory components are described below
• Cables for interlock (Ref. 10.1 page 4/158)
One type of cable must be ordered for each interlock.
Flexible cables must be fixed to the fixed circuit-breakers and to the switchgear structures using selfadhesive plates and self-locking bands.
• Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/withdrawable circuit-breaker moving part (Ref. 10.2 page 4/158)
This is the accessory which must be installed on the moving part of the withdrawable circuit-breaker or on
the side of the fixed circuit-breaker.
This accessory must be ordered for each fixed circuit-breaker and for each moving part of the withdrawable
circuit-breaker.
• Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/ withdrawable circuit-breaker fixed part (Ref. 10.3 page 4/158)
This is the accessory which must be installed on the fixed part of the withdrawable circuit-breaker or on
the interlock plate of the fixed circuit-breaker (which simulates the fixed part of the withdrawable circuitbreaker).
This accessory must be ordered for each fixed circuit-breaker and for each fixed part of the withdrawable
circuit-breaker.
• Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker (Ref. 10.4 page 4/158)
This must be requested for each fixed circuit-breaker present in the interlock.
For each circuit-breaker used in the interlock, depending on the type of circuit-breaker, the accessories
listed in the figures below must be ordered (see page 4/158).
A single group of cables (“Cables for interlock” ref. 10.1) must be ordered for each interlock. In particular,
either on a fixed circuit-breaker or on one of the fixed parts must be specified.
1. Interlock between two fixed circuit-breakers
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
MP
10.1
10.3
10.2
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.2
10.3
10.4
3. Interlock between three fixed circuit-breakers
FP
2. Interlock between two withdrawable circuitbreakers
FP
MP
10.3
10.2
10.2
10.3
10.4
ACBs
The examples beside show a general
guide to the types of accessories
that must be ordered for the various
versions of circuit-breakers and type
of interlock:
10.2
10.3
10.4
4. Interlock between three withdrawable circuitbreakers
FP
MP
10.1
10.3
10.2
FP
MP
10.3
10.2
FP
MP
10.3
10.2
7/249
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 249
1-12-2006 16:35:34
Air circuit-breakers
Emax series
Order examples E1-E6
Numerical examples
Example n. 5
An interlock is to be made between two type A circuit-breakers. In particular, the following are to be
interlocked:
– a SACE E3 3-pole fixed circuit-breaker
– with a SACE E4 4-pole withdrawable circuit-breaker; the circuit-breakers are placed horizontally in the
switchboard.
The codes to be used when ordering are listed below:
Pos
100
Code
Description
SACE E3 fixed circuit-breaker
1SDA038329R1
Type A interlock cables for fixed circuit-breakers or fixed parts - horizontal E1/6
1SDA038367R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker E3
1SDA038364R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Interlock typeA / B / D E1/6
1SDA038358R1
Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker E1/6
200
SACE E4 moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
1SDA043466R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
4p E4 / 3p E6
300
Fixed part SACE E4
1SDA038364R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Interlock TypeA / B / D E1/6
Example n. 6
Here an interlock is to be made between three Type C vertical circuit-breakers with the following circuitbreakers:
– SACE E2 3-pole withdrawable circuit-breaker
– SACE E3 3-pole fixed circuit-breaker
– SACE E6 4-pole fixed circuit-breaker.
Pos
100
Code
Description
SACE E2 Moving Part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
1SDA038366R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker E1-E2
200
SACE E2 Fixed part
1SDA038335R1
1SDA038365R1
Type C interlock cables for fixed circuit-breakers or fixed parts - vertical E1/6
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Type C Interlock E1/6
300
SACE E3 Fixed circuit-breaker
1SDA038367R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Interlock E3
1SDA038365R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Type C Interlock E1/6
1SDA038358R1
Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker E1/6
400
SACE E6 Fixed circuit-breaker
1SDA038369R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/moving part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Interlock 4p E6
1SDA038365R1
Interlock for fixed circuit-breaker/fixed part of withdrawable circuit-breaker
Type C Interlock E1/6
1SDA038358R1
Interlock plate for fixed circuit-breaker E1/6
7/250
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 250
1-12-2006 16:35:35
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - X1
1SDC200547F0001
Basic version with horizontal front terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
With flange
A
Without flange
125 ... 164
170
Standard Ronis Profalux
B
208
Castell
245
243
224
3 Poles
4 Poles
70
140
1SDC200548F0001
ACBs
C
216
Kirk
Caption
1 Front terminals
2 Busbars
3 Flange for the compartment door
4 Flange fixing screws
6 Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7 Tightening torque18 Nm
8 Key lock (optional)
9 Padlock (optional)
1SDC200549F0001
10 Tightening torque2 Nm
HOLES
11 Sheet drilling for compartment
door with flange
12 Sheet drilling for compartment
door without flange
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
7/251
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 251
1-12-2006 16:35:36
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - X1
1SDC200551F0001
1SDC200550F0001
Version with extended front terminals
3 POLES
4 POLES
N° 7 HOLES
Caption
1 Extended front terminals
2 Extended front spread terminals
3 Flange for the compartment door
With flange
Without flange
125 ... 164
170
A
Standard Ronis Profalux
B
208
C
216
224
1SDC200552F0001
4 Flange fixing screws
6 Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7 Tightening torque18 Nm
8 Key lock (optional)
9 Padlock (optional)
10 Tightening torque 2 Nm
Kirk
Castell
245
243
3 Poles
4 Poles
70
140
11 Sheet drilling for compartment door
with flange
12 Sheet drilling for compartment door
without flange
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
7/252
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 252
1-12-2006 16:35:38
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - X1
1SDC200553F0001
Version with front terminals for CuAl cables
3 POLES
1SDC200551F0001
ACBs
4 POLES
N° 7 HOLES
Caption
1 Front terminals for CuAl cables
2 Tightening torque 43 Nm
1SDC200548F0001
3 Flange for the compartment door
4 Flange fixing screws
6 Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7 Tightening torque18 Nm
8 Key lock (optional)
With flange
Without flange
125 ... 164
170
A
Standard Ronis Profalux
B
C
208
216
224
9 Padlock (optional)
10 Tightening torque2 Nm
Kirk
Castell
245
243
11 Sheet drilling for compartment
door with flange
3 Poles
4 Poles
12 Sheet drilling for compartment
door without flange
70
140
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
7/253
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 253
1-12-2006 16:35:40
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - X1
Version with rear terminals
4 POLES
1SDC200554F0001
3 POLES
18.5
1SDC200555F0001
3 POLES
4 POLES
Caption
1 Rear horizontal terminals
2 Rear vertical terminals
3 Flange for the compartment door
4 Flange fixing screws
6 Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7 Tightening torque 18 Nm
8 Key lock (optional)
With flange
Without flange
125 ... 164
170
Standard Ronis Profalux
B
C
D
E
208
216
224
3 poles
4 poles
192.5
262.5
70
140
234
304
Kirk
Castell
245
243
11 Sheet drilling for compartment
door with flange
1SDC200551F0001
A
9 Padlock (optional)
10 Tightening torque 2 Nm
N° 7 HOLES
12 Sheet drilling for compartment
door without flange
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
14 Fixing shoulders on lower sheet
15 Drilling template for fixing onto
lower sheet
7/254
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 254
1-12-2006 16:35:41
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - X1
1SDC200559F0001
ACBs
1SDC200557F0001
1SDC200556F0001
Version with rear adjustable terminals
1SDC200558F0001
HOLES
1SDC200560F0001
Caption
With flange
Without flange
125 ... 164
170
A
Standard Ronis Profalux
B
C
D
E
208
216
224
3 poles
4 poles
192.5
262.5
70
140
234
304
1
Rear horizontal terminals
2
Rear vertical terminals
3
Flange for the compartment door
4
Flange fixing screws
5
Tightening torque1,5 Nm
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
7
Tightening torque18 Nm
8
Key lock (optional)
9
Padlock (optional)
10 Tightening torque2 Nm
Kirk
Castell
245
243
11 Sheet drilling for compartment door
with flange
12 Sheet drilling for compartment door
without flange
13 Terminal for auxiliary contacts
14 Fixing shoulders on lower sheet
15 Drilling template for fixing onto lower
sheet
7/255
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 255
1-12-2006 16:35:42
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Basic version with horizontal rear terminals
Y
A
A
5
4 POLES
B
3 POLES
80
E
440 min.
X
312
C
3 POLES
D
Y
Caption
1 Inside edge of compartment
door
16.5
192.5
13
177
E3
View A
View A
4
35
90
90
60
Max +40
45
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
386
296
148
148
10
130
117.5
386
296
148
148
26
114
117.5
530
404
202
202
26
114
117.5
656
566
238
328
26
166
91.5
746
-
-
328
26
166
91.5
908
782
328
454
26
166
91.5
1034
-
-
454
26
166
91.5
ø13
N
3
1
63
348
3 POLES
4 POLES
Y
96
35
252 242
M10
Max +40
240
3 POLES
126
18
2
M10
126
33
N
1
126
4
3
4 POLES
415
ø13
18
252 242
Y
541
3 POLES
33
2
Max
Min
4 POLES
307
90
49 50
89 10
Y
397
330
E1
E2
E3
E4
E4/f
E6
E6/f
G
X
E1/E2
3 M10 mounting holes for
circuit-breaker (use M10
screws)
5 Insulating wall or insulated
metal wall
E
33
4 POLES
2 Segregation (when provided)
4 1xM12 screw (E1, E2, E3)
or 2 x M12 screws (E4, E6)
for earthing (included in the
supply)
F
1SDC200212F0001
379
474
3 POLES
4 POLES
Y
1SDC200213F0001
418
7/256
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 256
1-12-2006 16:35:43
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1...E6
E4
Y
View A
180
4
577
3 POLES (E4)
180
35
ø13
150
18
66
3
45
510
2
60
135
180
667
4 POLES (E4)
180
33
N
3
600
757
180
18
150
35 35 35
4 POLES (E4/f)
180
180
66
N
3
252 242
M10
45
1
1SDC200214F0001
Max +40
690
Y
E6
View A
Y
793
4
252
3 POLES (E6)
252
ø13
222
18
66
726
96
66
ACBs
63
2
189
252
35 35 56 35 35
919
4 POLES (E6)
252
222
ø13
18
35 35
33
N
3
852
18
222
252
252
35 35 56 35 35
1045
4 POLES (E6/f)
252
222
ø13
18
66
N
Max +40
3
M10
63
1
978
Y
1SDC200215F0001
252 242
7/257
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 257
1-12-2006 16:35:44
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Basic version with vertical rear terminals
E2/E4
E3/E6
A
A
A
ø13
ø13
ø13
80
166
100
166
35
166
35
35
104.5
20
104.5
20
50 48
104.5
20
50 48
E2
View A
90
90
10
90
90
E3
View A
10 10 10
E1
View A
50 48
126
N
N
126
10 10
12 12 12
80
31
E1
N
M12 screws
included in
the supply
180
E6/f
View A
180
252
126
N
N
189
126
10 10
12 12 12
10 10 10
135
90
10 10 10
252
90
31
180
E6
View A
252
10 10
12 12 12
E4/f
View A
31
E4
View A
N
M12 screws
included in the
supply
M12 screws
included in the
supply
1SDC200216F0001
N
7/258
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 258
1-12-2006 16:35:44
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Version with front terminals
E1
N
460
42.5
20
35
10
68
90
60
ø13
90
E2
10
10
N
460
42.5
20
35
20 20
88
ø13
90
ACBs
90
60
E3
10
10
N
42.5
20
35
20 20
88
126
96
126
ø13
1SDC200217F0001
460
7/259
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 259
1-12-2006 16:35:45
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Version with front terminals
E4
E4
E4/f
35
10
N
10
N
460
42.5
20
35
20 20
88
180
E6
150
35
60
20
35
ø13
150
35
180
135
E6
ø13
180
E6/f
35 35
10
N
N
10
1SDC200218F0001
460
42.5
20 20
88
20
20
252
56 35 35
222
189
96
56 35 35
222
ø13
252
ø13
252
7/260
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 260
1-12-2006 16:35:45
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Fixed circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Compartment dimensions
Drilling of compartment door
Depth
3 POLES
2 holes for IP54
protective cover
4 POLES
Through-holes for flexible cables
for mechanical interlocks
Tightening torque for main terminals Nm 70
Tightening torque for earthing screw Nm 70
High strength M12 screw
Number per terminal
NEUTRAL
1SDC200219F0001
ACBs
PHASE
E1
E2
E3
E4
E4/f
E6
E6/f
A
B
400
490
400
490
500
630
700
790
-
880
1000
1130
-
1260
7/261
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 261
1-12-2006 16:35:45
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - X1
Version with rear adjustable terminals
1SDC200565F0001
1SDC200563F0001
1SDC200564F0001
1SDC200562F0001
3 POLES
1SDC200566F0001
1SDC200561F0001
Caption
A
B
C
Sheet drilling for compartment
door with flange
2
Rear segregation for rear terminals
3
Flange for the compartment door
4
Flange fixing screws
6
Drilling template for fixing onto
support sheet
Kirk
Castell
7
Tightening torque18 Nm
290
298
306
313
311
8
Front terminals
287
291
299
298
228
9
Rear horizontal terminals
10
Rear vertical terminals
Standard Ronis Profalux
D
E
1
11 Key lock (optional)
3 poles
4 poles
160
230
206
276
13 Rear segregation for front
terminals
219
289
14 Auxiliary contact terminal
12 Padlock (optional)
7/262
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 262
1-12-2006 16:35:46
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Basic version with horizontal rear terminals
A
E1
A
13
E2/E3/E4/E6
6
4 POLES
B
3 POLES
E
E
X
465
min
465
140 E
X
199.5
3 POLES
D
18
4 POLES
Y
Caption
E1/E2
View A
1 Inside edge of compartment
door
60
2 Segregation (when provided)
90
348
E3
View A
Y
327
199.5
10
18
348
90
Y
435
3 POLES
35
3 POLES
126
126
35 35
96
ø13
ø13
2
3 Ø10 mounting holes for fixed
part (use M8 screws)
4 1x M12 screw (E1, E2, E3)
or 2xM12 screws (E4, E6)
for earthing (included in the
supply)
129
15
60
33
5 Distance from connected for
testing to isolated
90
N
174
6 Alternative drilling with 25
mm pitch for fixing fixed part
2
6
4
4
100
138
90
35
15
33
126
N
4 POLES
561
126
126
35 35
63
309
3
225
240
380
7 Ventilation drilling on the
switchgear
33
393.5
40
380
84
175
220
ø10
Y
3
225
240
122
70 49
6
96
45
393.5
1
200
240
183
4 POLES
417
90
X
ACBs
C
465
min
140 E
124.5 E
124.5
10
465
1SDC200220F0001
461
7
70 49
1
ø10
325
370
F
Y
E1
E2
E3
E4
E4/f
E6
E6/f
34
1SDC200221F0001
Y
3
5,5 Max
5
F
A
B
C
D
E
414
324
162
162
10
-
414
324
162
162
8
-
-
558
432
216
216
8
370
490
684
594
252
342
8
530
610
774
-
-
342
8
-
700
936
810
342
468
8
750
870
1062
-
-
468
8
-
1000
3 poles 4 poles
-
7/263
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 263
1-12-2006 16:35:47
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
E4
View A
Y
180
150
597
3 POLES (E4)
35 35 35
ø13
2
45
528
4
200
15
60
33
135
150
200
3
687
180
4 POLES (E4)
180
ø13
N
618
3
245
180
15
150
245
777
180
180
35 35 35
4 POLES (E4/f)
ø13
33
N
708
33
3
40
380
240
84
122
7
49
45
290
1
ø10
290
F
Y
E6
View A
1SDC200222F0001
393.5
Y
222
252
813
3 POLES (E6)
252
35 35 56 35 35
ø13
2
63
744
4
310
310
3
939
15
96
189
222
252
4 POLES (E6)
252
35 35 56 35 35
ø13
33
N
870
252
15
33
370
370
222
1065
252
252
35 35 56 35 35
3
4 POLES (E6/f)
ø13
N
996
33
380
3
40
240
84
122
7
49
1
63
433
F
Y
433
ø10
1SDC200223F0001
393.5
7/264
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 264
1-12-2006 16:35:48
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Basic version with vertical rear terminals
E2/E4
A
A
ø13
ø13
A
ø13
80
80
114
100
114
35
137.5
E3/E6
134
35
137.5
20
50
3
35
127.5
20
50
20
3
50
3
E2
View A
E1
View A
90
E3
View A
90
10
10
10
90
10
90
N
126
N
126
10 10
12 12 12
E1
N
E4
View A
E4/f
View A
180 90
10
10
10
90
180 90
10
10
10
90
135
E6/f
View A
252
252
12
1012
10
12
126
180
N
E6
View A
N
189
ACBs
M12 screws
included
in the supply
12
1012
10
12
126
252
31
31
N
M12 screws
included
in the supply
M12 screws
included
in the supply
1SDC200224F0001
N
7/265
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 265
1-12-2006 16:35:48
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Version with front terminals
E1
N
460
35.5
20
35
10
71
90
60
ø13
90
E2
10
10
N
460
35.5
20
35
20 20
91
90
60
ø13
90
E3
10
10
N
35.5
20
35 35
20 20
91
126
100
126
ø13
1SDC200225F0001
460
7/266
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 266
1-12-2006 16:35:49
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Version with front terminals
E4
E4
10
E4/f
10
N
N
460
35.5
20 20
91
60
60
70
180
20
60
35
ø13
60
60
60
70
135
180
ø13
180
E6
E6
10
20
60
35
E6/f
N
N
N
10
20 20
91
20
20
35 35
126
252
100
126
189
35 35
ø13
100
126
252
126
ø13
252
ACBs
35.5
1SDC200226F0001
460
7/267
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 267
1-12-2006 16:35:49
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Version with front terminals
E1
E2
A
A
M12
M12
114
114
137.5
137.5
3
3
45
62
E1
View A
E2
View A
90
E3
View A
90
35
126
35
90
35
90
N
60
60
35
N
126
N
96
E4
View A
E4/f
View A
180
E6
View A
E6/f
View A
180
35
35
150 35
150 35
35
135
252
35
N
35
35
35
222 56
222 56
35
35
35
180
60
252
35
60
N
189
252
96
N
1SDC200227F0001
N
7/268
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 268
1-12-2006 16:35:49
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Withdrawable circuit-breaker - E1...E6
Compartment dimensions
Drilling of compartment door
Depth
2 holes for IP54
protective cover
3 POLES
4 POLES
Through-holes for flexible cables
for mechanical interlocks
Tightening torque for fastening screws Nm 20
Tightening torque for main terminals Nm 70
Tightening torque for earthing screw Nm 70
High strength M12 screw
Number per terminal
NEUTRAL
1SDC200228F0001
ACBs
PHASE
E1
E2
E3
E4
E4/f
E6
E6/f
A
B
400
490
400
490
500
630
700
790
-
880
1000
1130
-
1260
7/269
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 269
1-12-2006 16:35:49
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Mechanical interlock - X1
1SDC200568F0001
1SDC200567F0001
Mechanical interlock
Caption
1
Mechanical vertical interlock for
withdrawable circuit-breakers
2
Mechanical horizontal interlock for
withdrawable circuit-breakers
3
Mechanical vertical interlock for
fixed circuit-breakers
4
Mechanical horizontal interlock for
fixed circuit-breakers
5
Sheet drilling for wire passage of
the mechanical interlock
7/270
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 270
1-12-2006 16:35:50
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Mechanical interlock - E1...E6
Interlock assembly
Type A
Type B
Type B
Type B
Type C
Horizontal
Vertical
(emergency
interlock below)
Horizontal Vertical
(emergency interlock
in the middle)
Horizontal Vertical
(emergency interlock
above)
Horizontal Vertical
Horizontal Vertical
5
5
Min 500 - Max 750
Min 500 - Max 750
4
1
2
2
6
4
6
2
4
3
4
2
6
4
5
5
2
2
3
Min 500 - Max 750
Min 500 - Max 750
4
1
2
2
3
4
Min 500 - Max 750
4
Min 500 - Max 750
4
3
Min 500 - Max 750
Min 500 - Max 750
2
6
6
1
1
2
4
6
1SDC200229F0001
6
Min 500 - Max 750
6
ACBs
Type D
Horizontal Vertical
5
Horizontal interlocks
Maximum distance between two interlocks 1200 mm
from one interlock to the other. The cables pass under
the fixed parts, following the same connection layout
shown for vertical circuit-breakers.
6
2
3
4
5
1
1
Take up the excess cable by making it go through
one complete turn only or an omega as shown in the
figure.
2
4
6
1SDC200230F0001
When fitting interlocks between two circuitbreakers, it is necessary to make suitable holes
(through the switchboard) in the mounting
surface for fixed circuit-breakers or for the fixed
part of withdrawable circuit-breakers in order
to pass through the flexible cables, observing
the measurements shown in the figures on
pages 4/169 and 4/176.
For vertical interlocks, align the right-hand
sides vertically and reduce the bends in
the flexible cables to a minimum (radius
R. 70 mm). All the angle values of the bends
which the cable passes through added
together must not exceed 720°.
Min 500 - Max 750
Notes
Min 500 - Max 750
3
7/271
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 271
1-12-2006 16:35:51
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Circuit-breaker accessories - E1...E6
Mechanical compartment door lock
Holes in compartment door
Minimum distance between circuit-breaker and switchboard wall
Fixed version
Withdrawable version
Y
X
31,5
A
X
20
ø6
Y
1SDC200231F0001
73.5
35
A
3 poles 4 poles
E1
E2
E3
E4
E4/f
E6
E6/f
180
180
180
180
234
234
270
360
-
360
360
486
-
486
1SDC200232F0001
Homopolar toroid
7/272
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 272
1-12-2006 16:35:52
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Circuit-breaker accessories - E1...E6
Current transformer for the external neutral
E4/f
E3 - E6
E6/f
ACBs
1SDC200233F0001
E1 - E2 - E4
7/273
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 273
1-12-2006 16:35:52
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Circuit-breaker accessories - E1...E6
Electrical signalling of circuit-breaker open/closed
15 supplementary auxiliary contacts
52,3
193,5
42,5
183,5
“B”
1SDC200234F0001
133
Ø 5,5
A flexible cable 650 mm long is available from point “A” to point “B”.
Withdrawable version
1SDC200235F0001
Fixed version
7/274
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 274
1-12-2006 16:35:52
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Circuit-breaker accessories - E1...E6
ATS010
50
50
1SDC200236F0001
100
137
20
AT
S
01
0
137
1SDC200237F0001
ACBs
Electronic time-delay device
7/275
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 275
1-12-2006 16:35:53
Air circuit-breakers
Emax dimensional details
Circuit-breaker accessories - E1...E6
1SDC200238F0001
IP54 Protective cover
1SDC200239F0001
PR021/K Unit
7/276
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 276
1-12-2006 16:35:54
ACBs
Notes
7/277
1SDC007200C0202
0702_Emax.indb 277
1-12-2006 16:35:54